hit counter script
Siemens HiPath 3000 Service Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Siemens Manuals
  4. Network Accessory
  5. HiPath 3000 V3.0 or later Gigaset M1...
  6. Service manual
Siemens HiPath 3000 Service Manual

Siemens HiPath 3000 Service Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for HiPath 3000:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual See also: Administration Manual, Administrator's Manual
HiPath 3000 V5.0
HiPath 5000 V5.0
Service Manual
ESHB.50.045.05.02.01
02/05

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Siemens HiPath 3000

Summary of Contents for Siemens HiPath 3000

  • Page 1 HiPath 3000 V5.0 HiPath 5000 V5.0 Service Manual ESHB.50.045.05.02.01 02/05...
  • Page 2 An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. The trademarks used are owned by Siemens AG or their respective owners.

  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    2.5 Technical Specifications for HiPath 3000 ....... . . 2-23...
  • Page 4 3 Boards for HiPath 3000 ........
  • Page 5 3.4.8 GEE8 (not for U.S) ..........3-336 3.4.9 GEE12 (nor for U.S.), GEE16 (not for U.S.), GEE50 (not for U.S.) ..3-337 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0 Service Manual...
  • Page 6 4 Installing HiPath 3000 ........
  • Page 7 4.3.3.5 Grounding the System ........4-106 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0 Service Manual...
  • Page 8 4.4.3.9 Attaching Ferrite ..........4-179 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 9 5 Starting Up HiPath 3000 ........
  • Page 10 7 Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway ........
  • Page 11 8.4.1 HiPath 3000 as a Standalone System....... . . 8-12...
  • Page 12 9.3 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V5.0 ........
  • Page 13 10.6.4.4.5 Calculation Example 5: Virtual Private Network VPN ... . 10-80 10.6.4.4.6 Calculation Example 6: Connecting teleworkers via VPN ..10-82 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 0-11 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0 Service Manual...
  • Page 14 10.10 Analog Telephones for HiPath 3000 ........
  • Page 15 12.3.1.4 Recording the Status of the HiPath 3000 V.24 Interfaces ... . 12-28 12.3.1.5 Trace Options for HiPath 3000 ....... . 12-29 12.3.1.6 HiPath Manager PCM Trace Monitor for HiPath 5000 .
  • Page 16 12.5.1 HiPath 3000 Connection Options ........
  • Page 17 ..............Z-1 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 0-15 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0 Service Manual...
  • Page 18 Contents P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620 02/05 0-16 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 19: Important Information

    Important Information Overview Important Information Overview Service Manual, HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0: P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 (ESHB.50.045.05.02.01) Chapter contents This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. Topic Structure of this Electronic Service Manual, page 1-2 Electrical Environment, page 1-4...

  • Page 20: Structure Of This Electronic Service Manual

    (characteristics, construction, system environment, capacity lim- its, technical data). Chapter 3, “Boards for HiPath 3000” describes all of the boards used for HiPath 3000. ● The hardware information (such as connection cables and NT connections) is presented for each board.

  • Page 21: Hipath 3000 V5.0, Hipath 5000 V5.0 , Service Manual

    Port Numbers Used with HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0”. Appendix D, “Identifying System Power Requirements” provides information about the ● resource requirements of the boards and components of the HiPath 3000 systems. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 22: Electrical Environment

    This device has been manufactured in accordance with our certified envi- ronmental management system (ISO 14001). This process ensures that en- ergy consumption and the use of primary raw materials are kept to a mini- mum, thus reducing waste production. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 23: Safety Information

    Additional symbols identifying sources of potential hazard The following symbols are not generally used in the manual. They explain symbols that may appear on equipment. Electricity Weight Heat Fire Chemicals ESD* Laser * electrostatically sensitive devices P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 24: Safety Information: Dangers

    Use only original accessories or components approved for the system. Failure to observe these instructions may damage the equipment or even violate safety and EMC regulations. System shutdown during maintenance work Procedures to be observed are described in the relevant chapters. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 25: Hipath 3000 V5.0, Hipath 5000 V5.0 , Service Manual

    Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines. Never install telephone wiring ● during an electrical storm. Expect leakage current from the telecommunications network. ● When performing work on an open system, ensure that it is never left unsupervised. ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 26: Safety Information: Warnings

    Disconnect all power before working near power supplies unless otherwise instructed by a ● maintenance procedure. Do not attempt to lift objects that you think are too heavy for you. ● Never look directly at a laser beam. ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 27: Safety Information: Cautions

    Always place PC boards on a grounded surface before working on them. ● Only use grounded soldering irons. ● Laying cables Lay cables so as to prevent any risk of them being damaged or causing accidents, such as trip- ping. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 28: General Information

    Fire protection and EMC requirements To ensure the legal fire protection and EMC requirements, operate the HiPath systems only when closed. You may open the system only briefly for assembly and maintenance work. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 1-10 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 29: Hipath 3000 V5.0, Hipath 5000 V5.0 , Service Manual

    Batteries are also included with the telephones and the equipment. Do not dispose of old or defective batteries along with normal household trash. In- stead, drop them off at special sites intended for battery disposal. Observe country-specific regulations. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 1-11 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 30: What To Do In An Emergency

    Report all accidents, "near accidents", and possible hazards to your manager to ensure ● their causes are resolved as soon as possible. Report any electric shock, no matter how minor. ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 1-12 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 31: Safety Information For Australia (For Australia Only)

    Safety Information 1.4.7 Safety Information for Australia (For Australia Only) Music on Hold and paging devices must be connected to the HiPath 3000 system via an ● ACA approved Line Isolation Unit. HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 must be installed near the mains socket outlet, which is pow- ●...

  • Page 32: Privacy And Data Security

    Guidelines applicable to Siemens AG employees Employees of Siemens AG are bound to safeguard trade secrets and personal data under the terms of the company’s work rules. In order to ensure that the statutory requirements during service – whether on-site or remote –...

  • Page 33: Information On The Intranet

    Important Information Information on the Intranet Information on the Intranet Up-to-the-minute information on important topics is available on the Siemens intranet. Here is a selection: Table 1-1 Information on the Intranet Contents Languages Product Overview German http://opus1.mchh.siemens.de:8080/ Product descriptions...
  • Page 34 Important Information Information on the Intranet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 1-16 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 35: System Data

    This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. Topic HiPath 3000, page 2-2 Introduction, page 2-2 (electrical environment, systems) ● Design and Dimensions of the HiPath 3000 Systems, page 2-3: ● – Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3800 –...

  • Page 36: Hipath 3000

    Introduction Electrical environment HiPath 3000 is intended for use in dwellings, businesses, and industry. When the system is op- erated in an industrial environment, additional measures may be necessary for ensuring immu- nity from electromagnetic radiation (refer to Section 2.9).

  • Page 37: Design And Dimensions Of The Hipath 3000 Systems

    System Data HiPath 3000 2.2.2 Design and Dimensions of the HiPath 3000 Systems 2.2.2.1 Design and Dimensions of HiPath 3800 Two configurations Depending on the requirements, HiPath 3800 can be used as: a single-cabinet system (basic cabinet BC) ●...

  • Page 38: Figure 2-1 Hipath 3800 Dimensions

    System Data HiPath 3000 Dimensions approx. 440 mm approx. 430 mm Figure 2-1 HiPath 3800 Dimensions P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 39: Design And Dimensions Of Hipath 3750

    The UPSM power supply (in all cabinets) and the CPCPR central control board (only in the BC) have fixed positions. Up to two cabinets can be stacked. A main distribution frame unit is needed to complete the communication system. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 40 Dimensions Depth of the MDFU or MDFU-E: 126 mm Depth of system cabinet: 390 mm approx. approx. 328 mm MDFU MDFU MDFU-E MDFU Cable duct Figure 2-2 HiPath 3750 Dimensions P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 41: Design And Dimensions Of Hipath 3550

    The connection cables to the peripherals (telephones, trunk connections etc.) can be connect- ed directly. Use an external MDFU in certain situations (CMI). Dimensions Mounting sur- 460 mm face 450 mm 200 mm Figure 2-3 HiPath 3550 Dimensions P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 42: Design And Dimensions Of Hipath 3350

    The HiPath 3350 does not need an external main distribution frame. The connection cables to the peripherals (telephones, trunk connections etc.) are directly connected to the boards. Dimensions Mounting sur- 460 mm face 450 mm 128 mm Figure 2-4 HiPath 3350 Dimensions P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 43: Design And Dimensions Of Hipath 3700

    Depth of the system cabinet: approx. 390 mm Necessary height units per cabinet for 19-inch cabinet assembly: 11 (one height unit corresponds to ap- prox. 1.7’’=43 mm) Figure 2-5 HiPath 3700 Dimensions P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 44: Design And Dimensions Of Hipath 3500

    Dimensions 440 mm 155 mm 380 mm Necessary height units for 19-inch cabinet assembly: 4 (one height unit corresponds to approx. 1.7’’=43 mm) Figure 2-6 HiPath 3500 Dimensions P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-10 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 45: Design And Dimensions Of Hipath 3300

    Dimensions 440 mm 88 mm 380 mm Necessary height units for 19-inch cabinet assembly: 2 (one height unit corresponds to approx. 1.7’’=43 mm) Figure 2-7 HiPath 3300 Dimensions P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-11 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 46: System Environment Of The Hipath 3000 Systems

    IVMNL DIUN2 PBXXX DBSAP STMD3 SLCN IMODN STMI2 SLMA LIMS TM2LP SLMA8 LUNA2 TMC16 SLMO2 TMDID SLMO8 MPPI TMEW2 STMD3 PDMX STMI2 PFT1/PFT4 REALS used on the STMI2 board. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-12 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 47: Hipath 3750 And Hipath 3700 System Environment

    SLA24N TMS2 TMST1 SLC16 UPSM TMAMF SLC16N TMCAS SLMO8 GEE8 SLMO24 MPPI STMD8 PDM1 PFT1/PFT4 REAL for Brazil, India, Malaysia, Singapore and ATEA countries only for selected countries only P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-13 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 48: Hipath 3550 System Environment

    4SLA GEE12 EXMNA 8SLA GEE16 16SLA GEE50 MPPI OPAL PDM1 STBG4 STRB V24/1 for Brazil, India, Malaysia, Singapore and ATEA countries only for selected countries only For France only P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-14 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 49: Hipath 3350 System Environment

    STLSX2 TLA4 TMQ4 STLSX4 PSUP TLA8 4SLA UPSC-D 8SLA 16SLA ALUM4 ANI4 GEE12 EXMNA GEE16 GEE50 MPPI OPAL PDM1 STBG4 STRB V24/1 for selected countries only For France only P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-15 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 50: Hipath 3500 System Environment

    U.S. HXGR3 CBRC HXGR3 IVMS8R STLS4R SLU8R STLSX4R STLS4R CUCR TS2R TMGL4R STLSX4R IMODN TLA4R TST1 8SLAR UPSC-DR ANI4R EXMR MPPI OPALR PDM1 STRBR UAMR for selected countries only P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-16 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 51: Hipath 3300 System Environment

    U.S. U.S. HXGR3 CBRC HXGR3 IVMP8R STLS4R IVMS8R STLSX4R SLU8R CUPR TLA4R TMGL4R STLS4R IMODN STLSX4R 8SLAR UPSC-DR ANI4R EXMR MPPI OPALR PDM1 STRBR UAMR for selected countries only P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-17 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 52 HiPath 5000 HiPath 5000 HiPath 5000 is operated as a central administration unit in an IP network of HiPath 3000 sys- tems. By creating a "Single System Image", all relevant nodes can be centrally administered. HiPath 5000 is the platform for providing applications at a central point and enables them to be used by all stations in the IP network.
  • Page 53 ● tion of personal call forwarding operations) HiPath FM Desktop V3.0 (Java-based application for error signaling) ● GetAccount (application that prepares generated call data records for further processing.) ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-19 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 54: Hipath 5000

    600 office HiPath Cordless Office IP Network optiClient 130 optiClient Attendant V5.0 optiPoint 500 ... optiset E ... PSTN HiPath 3500 HiPath 3750 Figure 2-8 HiPath 5000 Multi-Node IP System P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-20 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 55: System-Specific Capacity Limits For Hipath 3000, Hipath 5000

    System Data System-Specific Capacity Limits for HiPath 3000, HiPath 5000 System-Specific Capacity Limits for HiPath 3000, HiPath 5000 The maximum capacity limits are calculated based on the following assumptions: HiPath 3800: 2 board slots are reserved for trunks. ●...
  • Page 56 System Data System-Specific Capacity Limits for HiPath 3000, HiPath 5000 Testing is not required on stations and lines up to the maximum configuration. Testing using the project planning tool is mandatory for configurations which include UCD/ACD, more than one SLCN, or groups of more than 10 stations (intranet: http://intranet.mch4.siemens.de/syseng/perfeng/tools/hpt/index.htm).

  • Page 57: Technical Specifications For Hipath 3000

    Expansion cabinet rack ECR (transport weight, in- (not for U.S. and Canada): cluding back- 6.5 kg (14.32 lb.) without ● plane and batteries cabinet feet) 17.5 kg (38.54 lb.) with ● batteries P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-23 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 58: Interface-To-Interface Ranges

    0.6 mm 6.0 dB 1000 m J-2Y(ST)Y 10x2x0.6 ST III BD at 96 kHz A-2Y0F(L)2Y 10x2x0.6 (full PE 0.6 mm 17 dB 350 m insulation, filled) at 1 MHz P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-24 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 59: Numbering Plan For Hipath 3000/5000

    System Data Numbering Plan for HiPath 3000/5000 Numbering Plan for HiPath 3000/5000 HiPath 3000/5000 provides one default numbering plan for users. Table 2-11 Default Numbering for HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 Type of numbering Default station numbers HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750...

  • Page 60: Technical Specifications And Compliance To Hipath 3000

    AY3USA-33046-MF-E AY3USA–25214–MF–E registration able. AY3USA-33047-KF-E AY3USA–25215–KF–E Industry Cana- Information not avail- 267 9147A 267 8782A da CS–03 certi- able. fication Ringer Equiva- Information not avail- lence Number able. (REN) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-26 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 61: Fcc Compliance

    2.8.2.1.2 FCC Rules, Part 68 Each Siemens system discussed in this section complies with FCC Rules, Part 68. A label on the outside back of the cabinet identifies the FCC registration number, the ringer equivalence number (REN), and other information. If requested, this information must be given to the tele- phone company.
  • Page 62 Nonlive voice equipment such as music-on-hold devices and recorded announcements for sys- tems must be approved by Siemens and registered in accordance with the rules and regula- tions of Subpart C of the FCC Rules, Part 68; or it must be connected through protective cir- cuitry that is approved by Siemens and registered in accordance with the rules and regulations in Subpart C of the FCC Rules, Part 68.
  • Page 63 Customers operating any Siemens system discussed in this section without providing proper answer supervision are in violation of Part 68 of the FCC rules. Each Siemens system discussed in this section returns proper answer supervision to the ● public switched telephone network (PSTN) when DID calls are: –...

  • Page 64: Industry Canada Compliance

    System Data Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000 Each Siemens system discussed in this section is capable of providing user access to interstate providers of operator services through the use of equal access codes. Modifications by aggre- gators to alter these capabilities are a violation of the Telephone Operator Consumer Services Improvement Act of 1990 and Part 68 of the FCC Rules.

  • Page 65: Safety International

    Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact the electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate. 2.8.3 SAFETY International IEC 60950-1, first edition 2001, modified P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-31 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 66: Environmental Conditions

    Systems covered with condensation must be dried before being used. Do not start up the system until it has thoroughly dried. 2.9.2 Mechanical Operating Conditions The systems are intended for stationary use. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 2-32 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 67: Table 3-1 Hipath 3000 - Functional Overview Of All Boards Used

    ** When this module is connected to the public network, secondary protection must be provided by the CSU. Overview Functional overview of all boards used Table 3-1 HiPath 3000 - Functional Overview of All Boards Used Board Part number Model Central boards...
  • Page 68 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-1 HiPath 3000 - Functional Overview of All Boards Used Board Part number Model CBSAP S30810-Q2314-X HiPath 3800 S30807-Q6931-X HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350/HiPath 3500/ HiPath 3300 S30807-Q6928-X HiPath 3000 CR8N S30810-Q2513-X100 HiPath 3750/HiPath 3700...
  • Page 69 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-1 HiPath 3000 - Functional Overview of All Boards Used Board Part number Model Peripheral boards Note: The HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 peripheral boards must be firmly inserted into their slots; otherwise contact problems can cause board failure.
  • Page 70 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-1 HiPath 3000 - Functional Overview of All Boards Used Board Part number Model SLU8 S30817-Q922-A301 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 SLU8R S30817-K922-Z301 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3300 STLS2 S30817-Q924-B313 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.S.) STLS4...
  • Page 71 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-1 HiPath 3000 - Functional Overview of All Boards Used Board Part number Model TMQ4 S30810-Q2917-X HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (for U.S. only) TMST1 S30810-Q2920-X HiPath 3750/HiPath 3700 (for U.S. only) TMS2 S30810-Q2915-X HiPath 3750/HiPath 3700 (not for U.S.)
  • Page 72 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-1 HiPath 3000 - Functional Overview of All Boards Used Board Part number Model Options ALUM4 S30817-Q935-A HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 ANI4 S30807-Q6917-Axxx HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (for selected countries only) ANI4R S30807-Q6917-Z103 HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 (for selected...
  • Page 73 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-1 HiPath 3000 - Functional Overview of All Boards Used Board Part number Model S30122-X7217-X HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.S.) UAMR S30122-X7402-Z HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 (not for U.S.) V24/1 S30807-Q6916-X100 HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 (not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 74: Table 3-2 Hipath 3000 - Overview Of All Boards Models Used

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Overview of all board models used Table 3-2 HiPath 3000 - Overview of All Boards Models Used Board Part number Function HiPath 3800 AMOM S30807-K5480-Xxxx Opto-electronic converter CBSAP S30810-Q2314-X Central board S30807-Q6928-X Central board...
  • Page 75 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 HiPath 3000 - Overview of All Boards Models Used Board Part number Function TMEW2 S30810-Q2292-X100 Peripheral board P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 76 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 HiPath 3000 - Overview of All Boards Models Used Board Part number Function HiPath 3750, HiPath 3700 CBCPR S30810-Q2936-X Central board S30807-Q6928-X Central board CR8N S30810-Q2513-X100 Central board GEE8 S30817-Q664-xxxx Option (not for U.S.)
  • Page 77 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 HiPath 3000 - Overview of All Boards Models Used Board Part number Function TMS2 S30810-Q2915-X Peripheral board (not for U.S.) UPSM S30122-K5950-A100 Central board S30122-K5950-S100 S30122-K5959-S121 (for RSA only) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-11...
  • Page 78 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 HiPath 3000 - Overview of All Boards Models Used Board Part number Function HiPath 3550 Note: The HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 peripheral boards must be firmly inserted into their slots; otherwise contact problems can cause board failure.
  • Page 79 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 HiPath 3000 - Overview of All Boards Models Used Board Part number Function SLU8 S30817-Q922-A301 Peripheral board STBG4 S30817-Q934-A Option (France only) STLS2 S30817-Q924-B313 Peripheral board (not for U.S.) STLS4 S30817-Q924-A313 Peripheral board...
  • Page 80 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 HiPath 3000 - Overview of All Boards Models Used Board Part number Function HiPath 3350 Note: The HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 peripheral boards must be firmly inserted into their slots; otherwise contact problems can cause board failure.
  • Page 81 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 HiPath 3000 - Overview of All Boards Models Used Board Part number Function STLSX2 S30810-Q2944-X100 Peripheral board STLSX4 S30810-Q2944-X Peripheral board STRB S30817-Q932-A Option TLA2 S30817-Q923-Bxxx Peripheral board (not for U.S.) TLA4 S30817-Q923-Axxx Peripheral board (not for U.S.)
  • Page 82 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 HiPath 3000 - Overview of All Boards Models Used Board Part number Function HiPath 3500 Note: The HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 peripheral boards must be firmly inserted into their slots; otherwise contact problems can cause board failure.
  • Page 83 Boards for HiPath 3000 Overview Table 3-2 HiPath 3000 - Overview of All Boards Models Used Board Part number Function HiPath 3300 Note: The HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 peripheral boards must be firmly inserted into their slots; otherwise contact problems can cause board failure.
  • Page 84 The CBCC board (Central Board with Coldfire Com, S30810-Q2935-A301) performs all central control and switching functions for HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (see Figure 3-1). The CBCC central control board must be upgraded for HiPath 3000 V5.0. The “old” >...
  • Page 85 0.5 s on/0.5 s off Flashing MMC removed or defective 0.1 s on/0.1 s off The flashing rhythm depends on the load. The higher the system load the slower the flashing rhythm. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-19 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 86: Boards For Hipath 3000

    Disconnecting the battery buffer by unplugging the X27 jumper is necessary only for > testing (module test at the factory). Disconnection does not necessarily delete the customer database (CDB). To delete the CDB, use the reset switch. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-20 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 87: Central Boards

    2, transmit + port 1, receive + port 2, receive + port 1, receive – port 2, receive – port 1, transmit – port 2, transmit – – – – – P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-21 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 88: Cbcc

    Description Tx + Transmit + Tx – Transmit – Rx + Receive + – Not used – Not used Rx – Receive – – Not used – Not used P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-22 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 89 P0/E P0/E (slave) P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E T/R 1 T/R 2 T/R 3 T/R 3 EVM-1 EVM-2 Line Code Port 7801 CO PP 7802 7803 7804 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-23 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 90 P0/E P0/E P0/E client P0/E P0/E (slave) P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E T/R 1 T/R 2 T/R 3 T/R 3 EVM-1 EVM-2 Line Code Port CO PP P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-24 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 91: Cbrc

    The CBRC board (Central Board Rack Com, S30810-Q2935-Z301) performs all central control and switching functions for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (see Figure 3-2). The CBRC central control board must be upgraded for HiPath 3000 V5.0. The “old” > CBRC board S30810-K2935-Z is not supported.
  • Page 92 0.5 s on/0.5 s off Flashing MMC removed or defective 0.1 s on/0.1 s off The flashing rhythm depends on the load. The higher the system load the slower the flashing rhythm. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-26 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 93: Figure 3-2 Cbrc Board (S30810-Q2935-Z301)

    Disconnecting the battery buffer by unplugging the X27 jumper is necessary only for > testing (module test at the factory). Disconnection does not necessarily delete the customer database (CDB). To delete the CDB, use the reset switch. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-27 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 94 2, transmit + port 1, receive + port 2, receive + port 1, receive – port 2, receive – port 1, transmit – port 2, transmit – – – – – P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-28 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 95: Table 3-13 Cbrc - V.24 Interface Assignment (Sub-D Plug)

    Description Tx + Transmit + Tx – Transmit – Rx + Receive + – Not used – Not used Rx – Receive – – Not used – Not used P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-29 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 96 P0/E P0/E (slave) P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E T/R 1 T/R 2 T/R 3 T/R 3 EVM-1 EVM-2 Line Code Port 7801 CO PP 7802 7803 7804 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-30 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 97 P0/E P0/E P0/E client P0/E P0/E (slave) P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E P0/E T/R 1 T/R 2 T/R 3 T/R 3 EVM-1 EVM-2 Line Code Port CO PP P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-31 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 98: Cbcpr

    Switch pressed > 5 s = Reload activated (RUN LED out indicates that a reload is in progress) RUN LED ● Signals the current status of the CBCPR board (see Table 12-2). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-32 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 99 Diagram of the CBCPR board Reset/reload switch RUN LED Batt. LAN connector, IMODN 8-pin RJ45 jack V.24 interface, 9-pin SUB-D plug (service PC or application) MPPI Figure 3-3 CBCPR Board (S30810-Q2936-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-33 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 100: Table 3-17 Cbcpr - V.24 Interface Assignment (Sub-D Plug)

    Description Tx + Transmit + Tx – Transmit – Rx + Receive + – Not used – Not used Rx – Receive – – Not used – Not used P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-34 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 101: Cbsap

    ● LIMS LAN interface module (optional) ● Contains two Ethernet (10/100BaseT) LAN connectors (8-pin RJ45 jacks): – LAN1 (administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and CTI functions) – LAN2 (not assigned) MPPI music on hold (optional) ● V.24 interfaces (9-pin SUB-D plug)

  • Page 102: Figure 3-4 Cbsap Board (S30810-Q2314-X)

    – Yellow = 10 Mbps online (link) – Flashing = active – LED2 (green): – On = full-duplex (FDX) – Off = half-duplex Diagram of CBSAP board IMODN LIMS MPPI Figure 3-4 CBSAP Board (S30810-Q2314-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-36 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 103: Figure 3-5 Cbsap - Front Panel

    Application (X51) = for connecting a printer or application ● Two Ethernet (10/100BaseT) LAN connectors (8-pin RJ45 jacks) via LIMS: LAN2 (not assigned) ● LAN1 (administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and CTI func- ● tions) The LAN interface status is indicated by two LEDs: LED1: ●...

  • Page 104: Table 3-19 Cbsap - V.24 Interface Assignment (Sub-D Plug)

    Description Tx + Transmit + Tx – Transmit – Rx + Receive + – Not used – Not used Rx – Receive – – Not used – Not used P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-38 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 105: Cma

    The CMA module is needed for special HiPath Cordless Office configurations. All clock module small (CMS) functions are available when you insert a CMA module. Please refer to Page 3-40 for recommendations on CMA module implementation. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-39 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 106: Cms

    (see Figure 3-6). Otherwise you may damage the board. Introduction The Clock Module Small CMS (S30807-Q6928-X) is an optional subboard for the HiPath 3000 central control boards and guarantees greater clock accuracy. Recommendations for CMA and CMS utilization...
  • Page 107 – (always ISDN S (always ISDN S active) trunk con- active) trunk con- nection nection ISDN ISDN S – ISDN S ISDN S trunk con- trunk con- nection nection P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-41 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 108 – (always ISDN S (always ISDN S active) trunk con- active) trunk con- nection nection ISDN ISDN S – ISDN S ISDN S trunk con- trunk con- nection nection P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-42 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 109 The more accurate the clock source in the relevant systems, the fewer the faults. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-43 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 110: Cr8N

    Over 24 ports: Two CR8N boards required. ● These are general recommendations only. In some cases, a CR8N board may already be re- quired for six ports under extreme load conditions. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-44 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 111: Figure 3-8 Cr8N (S30810-Q2513-X100)

    Board is faulty. Flashing Loadware is being loaded. Board test unsuccessful, board is defective. Replace board. Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (temporary transition). Flashing Board operational. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-45 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 112: Cuc And Cucr

    Slot 6 (X40) Slot 7 (X50) CUCR Peripheral board Slot 8 (X60) Slot 9 (X70) Peripheral board Slot 4 (X20) PSU/UPS (X1) Slot 5 (X30) Figure 3-10 CUCR Backplane (S30777-Q750-Z) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-46 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 113: Cup And Cupr

    Slot 1 Slot 3 (8 x U (2 x S (4 x T/R) P0/E Peripheral board Slot 4 (X20) PSU/UPS (X1) Slot 5 (X30) CUPR Figure 3-12 CUPR Backplane (S30777-Q751-Z) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-47 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 114: Dbsap

    The cable (C39195-Z7611-A10) is used as the connection cable between basic cab- > inet (X201 jack) and expansion cabinet (DBSAP board). To ensure smooth opera- tion, use only shielded cables with a maximum length of 1 m. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-48 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 115: Figure 3-14 Dbsap On The Backplane Of The Expansion Cabinet

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Central Boards DBSAP Figure 3-14 DBSAP on the Backplane of the Expansion Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-49 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 116: Imodn

    If the IMODN loadware is not updated when the system is reset, the green LED starts to flash approx. 10 seconds after the reset. The green LED continues to flash after the system boot. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-50 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 117: Lim

    The board provides an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection via an 8-pin RJ45 jack. The LIM module can be used for administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and for CTI func- tions (TAPI 120 V2.0). However, bear in mind that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call At- tempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a max- imum of six TAPI ports.

  • Page 118: Figure 3-15 Lim In Hipath 3750 And Hipath 3700 - Procedure For

    60 mm Figure 3-15 LIM in HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 - Procedure for LAN Connection Figure 3-16 LIM in HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 - Adapter Cable (C39195-Z7213-A1) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-52 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 119: Figure 3-17 Lim In Hipath 3750 And Hipath 3700 - Attachment Of The

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Central Boards Figure 3-17 LIM in HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 - Attachment of the Patch Cable to the Backplane Grill P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-53 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 120: Lims

    LAN2 (not assigned) ● The LIMS module can be used for administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and for CTI func- tions (TAPI 120 V2.0). However, bear in mind that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call At- tempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a max- imum of six TAPI ports.
  • Page 121 Description Tx + Transmit + Tx – Transmit – Rx + Receive + – Not used – Not used Rx – Receive – – Not used – Not used P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-55 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 122: Luna2

    Battery cable for BSG 48/38: S39195-A7985-B10 (A battery cable is required for each system cabinet to be connected.) – Battery 12 V/38 Ah: S30122-X5950-F320 (Four batteries necessary for each BSG 48/38.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-56 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 123 Measurement conditions: All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 22 °C ● (71.6 °F). The batteries were new and fully charged when measurement started. ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-57 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 124: Figure 3-19 Luna2 Front Panel

    LUNA2 may not be sufficient (an additional LUNA2 module is required. For information on how to calculate the number of LUNA2 modules required, see Page 3-62). b) LUNA2 may be defective (the board must be replaced). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-58 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 125 Set to mode 1 if this module is to be used for LUNA2 redundancy. ● Set to mode 2a or 2b if this LUNA2 module is to be used as a battery charg- ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-59 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 126: Figure 3-20 Luna2 Slots In The Basic Cabinet (With Outer Panel Mounted)

    The power supply unit slots must be covered with the outer panel shown in Figure 3-20 (basic cabinet) and in Figure 3-21 (expansion cabinet) before the system is started up. Figure 3-20 LUNA2 Slots in the Basic Cabinet (With Outer Panel Mounted) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-60 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 127: Figure 3-21 Luna2 Slots In The Expansion Cabinet (With Outer Panel Mounted)

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Central Boards Figure 3-21 LUNA2 Slots in the Expansion Cabinet (With Outer Panel Mounted) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-61 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 128 Two LUNA2s are always required to supply a CBSAP, peripheral boards and ● STMI2, SLMA and/or SLCN. A third LUNA2 can be used as a battery charger or as a redundant LUNA2. ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-62 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 129: Figure 3-22 Rear View Of The Bsg 48/38 Battery Cabinet (S30122-K5950-F300)

    + – + – outputs BSG 48/38 DC output 1: –48 V to HiPath 3800 AC input 230 V Figure 3-22 Rear View of the BSG 48/38 Battery Cabinet (S30122-K5950-F300) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-63 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 130 AC power Note: For reasons of clarity, the system cabinets are shown sepa- rately and without grounding. Figure 3-23 Connections Between the BSG 48/38 Battery Cabinet and HiPath 3800 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-64 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 131: Mmc

    CDB backup and the relevant version-specific application processor software (APS). Please note that the MMC may only be replaced by a multimedia card approved by Siemens AG. Cards that have not been approved may have a different internal structure which can affect temporal access and certain features (for example, CDB backup and APS transfer).
  • Page 132 HiPath 3000 Version 5.0 MMC64 S30122-X8002-X10 X X X X X X X (64 MB) (= empty basic MMC) P50038-P1053-A816 P50038-P1054-A816 X X X X X X P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-66 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 133: Psup

    20 Hz 25 Hz = Germany + international ● 50 Hz = France ● To CUP 20 Hz = U.S. ● Power plug Figure 3-24 PSUP Interface (S30122-K5658-M) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-67 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 134: Upsc-D

    This is the only battery pack released for connection to UPSC-D. Danger Do not use 24-V batteries (S30122-K5403-X) in conjunction with UPSC-D as an ex- plosive gas (hydrogen + oxygen) escapes when the battery is overloaded. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-68 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 135 4 VA Measurement conditions: All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 23 °C ● (73.4°F). The batteries were fully charged when the measurement was started. ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-69 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 136: Figure 3-25 Upsc-D (S30122-K5660-M300)

    (battery pack): up = off, battery voltage deactivated ● LED, yellow (battery backup off) CUC/ down = on, battery voltage activated ● (battery backup on) Figure 3-26 UPSC-D (S30122-K5660-M300) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-70 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 137: Figure 3-27 Upsc-D - Switches And Leds

    Slide switch for activating and deac- tivating the battery voltage (battery pack) LED, green: +5-V output voltage is available Slide switch for setting the ring fre- quency Figure 3-27 UPSC-D - Switches and LEDs P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-71 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 138: Figure 3-28 Upsc-D - Connectors

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Central Boards Connectors Connector for battery pack Connector for EPSU2 Power plug Figure 3-28 UPSC-D - Connectors P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-72 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 139: Upsc-Dr

    To do this, connect the DC port on the EPSU2-R to the special –48-Vdc input on the UPSC-DR. The UPSC-DR’s internal -48 V output is deactivated when the external power supply is connected. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-73 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 140 4 VA HiPath 3500 UPSC-DR with Normal output load 60 % = 5 V: 4.8 A; 2h 40min EPSU2-R –48 V: 1.8 A (external via EPSU2-R); ringing approx. 2 VA P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-74 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 141 All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 23 °C ● (73.4 °F). The batteries were fully charged when the measurement was started. ● Diagram of UPSC-DR LED, green LED, yellow Figure 3-29 UPSC-DR (S30122-K7373-M900) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-75 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 142 EPSU2-R (installed Batt –48 V from EPSU2-R in the ECR) +48 V from EPSU2-R AC outlet 19-inch housing for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 Figure 3-30 UPSC-DR (S30122-K7373-M900) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-76 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 143: Figure 3-31 Upsc-Dr - Switches And Leds

    Slide switch for activating and deac- tivating the battery voltage (batter- ies) LED, green: +5-V output voltage is available Slide switch for setting the ring fre- quency Figure 3-31 UPSC-DR - Switches and LEDs P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-77 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 144: Figure 3-32 Upsc-Dr - Connectors

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Central Boards Connectors Connector for batteries and Power plug EPSU2-R (installed in the ECR) Figure 3-32 UPSC-DR - Connectors P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-78 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 145: Upsm

    The only exception is the UPSM model S30122-K5950-S121 which supplies a ring voltage of 60 V and is only implemented in the Republic of South Africa (RSA). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-79 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 146 Battery cable for BSG 48/38: S30122-X5950-F310 (One battery cable is required for each system cabinet (UPSM) to be connected.) – Battery 12 V/38 Ah: S30122-X5950-F320 (Four batteries necessary for each BSG 48/38.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-80 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 147 (60 V in UPSM model for RSA) ● Output frequencies: 20/25/50 Hz ● Output power ● – continuous: 4.0 VA – peak: 8.0 VA temporary (3 min. load/15 min. break) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-81 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 148: Figure 3-33 Front And Rear Views Of The Upsm (S30122-K5950-S100)

    1) Contact (max. 100 mA) closes when battery mode is ac- tivated. A relay connected in series can be used for signaling purposes, for example. Figure 3-33 Front and Rear Views of the UPSM (S30122-K5950-S100) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-82 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 149 On Off Off 20 Hz Off On Off 25 Hz Off Off On 50 Hz (S4 = used for factory testing) Figure 3-34 Front and Rear Views of the UPSM (S30122-K5950-A100) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-83 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 150: Figure 3-35 Rear View Of The Bsg 48/38 Battery Cabinet (S30122-K5950-F300)

    BSG 48/38 DC output 1: –48 V to HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 AC input 230 V Figure 3-35 Rear View of the BSG 48/38 Battery Cabinet (S30122-K5950-F300) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-84 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 151: Figure 3-36 Connections Between The Bsg 48/38 Battery Cabinet And

    Contact (max. 100 mA) closes when battery mode is activated. A relay con- nected in series can be used for signaling purposes, for example. Figure 3-36 Connections between the BSG 48/38 Battery Cabinet and UPSM (HiPath 3750, HiPath 3700) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-85 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 152: Peripheral Boards

    15-pin Sub-D jacks on the front panel. Copper cable ● The copper cable is connected to T1-CSU (Customer Service Unit) or DSU (Data Service Unit) via the adapter cable (C39195-A7269-B625) shown in Figure 3-37. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-86 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 153: Figure 3-37 Diu2U Adapter Cable C39195-A7269-B625 (For U.s. Only)

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Figure 3-37 DIU2U Adapter Cable C39195-A7269-B625 (for U.S. only) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-87 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 154: Figure 3-38 Diu2U (For U.s. Only) - Front Panel (S30810-Q2216-X)

    Peripheral Boards Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: LED (green) ● LED (red) ● Interface 1 Interface 2 Figure 3-38 DIU2U (for U.S. only) - Front Panel (S30810-Q2216-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-88 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 155 HiPath 3000 Manager E. not, replace board. Flashing Loadware is being loaded. Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state). Flashing At least one channel is activated. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-89 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 156: Diun2

    ● for S networking via S lines. ● In HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 and later, the B channels in the DIUN2 board are subject > to license. Information on licensing can be found in Chapter 8. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-90 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 157 Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: LED (green) ● LED (red) ● Interface 1 Interface 2 Figure 3-39 DIUN2 - Front Panel (S30810-Q2196-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-91 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 158 15-pin Sub-D jacks on the front panel. Copper cable ● The copper cable is only connected via the 15-pin Sub-D jacks on the front panel. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-92 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 159 Assigning the system cable S30267-Z167-Axxx Table 3-34 DIUN2 - Assigning the System Cable S30267-Z167-Axxx Function Color code a-wire (T), receive ora/wht b-wire (R), receive wht/ora a-wire (T), transmit blu/wht b-wire (R), transmit wht/blu P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-93 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 160: Hxgm3

    HXGM3 is a VoIP gateway board (VoIP - Voice over IP) which provides the functionality of HG 1500 in HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700: Connection of a local LAN to the HiPath 3000 and connection with external LANs via the ●...
  • Page 161 Up to two PDM1 modules ● (PMC DSP modules) Q5692-X100 for an additional eight per HXGM3. DSP channels. Installed at HGA slots 0 ● and 2 only. Figure 3-40 HXGM3 (S30810-Q2942-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-95 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 162: Figure 3-41 Hxgm3 - Interfaces

    LED H1 (green) LAN connections HGA slot 0 HGA slot 1 via LAN adapter connector: LAN 2 (SU Xx8) V.24 interface X10 LAN 1 (SU Xx9) Figure 3-41 HXGM3 - Interfaces P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-96 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 163 HXGM3 - Assignment of V.24 Interface X10 Signal Remark Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) Ground Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-97 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 164 Signals TT1/2 and RT1/2 are not needed for transmitting data. They represent a signal termi- nation of 100 ohms (so-called Bob Smith termination) for the two unused wire pairs in a 4-pair twisted pair cable. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-98 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 165 TDN (Transmit Data –) TT1 (Transmit Termination 1) TT2 (Transmit Termination 2) RDP (Receive Data +) RDN (Receive Data –) RT1 (Receive Termination 1) RT2 (Receive Termination 2) 25, 50 Housing Shield P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-99 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 166: Hxgs3, Hxgr3

    HG 1500 in HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350 (HXGS3) and HiPath 3500, HiPath 3300 (HXGR3): Connection of a local LAN to the HiPath 3000 and connection with external LANs via the ● ISDN and DSL interfaces of HiPath 3000.
  • Page 167 Extension Part number Function Notes module PDM1 S30807-Q5692- Used for expansion for an addi- Maximum of one (PMC DSP X100 tional eight DSP channels. PDM1 module possi- modules) ble. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-101 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 168: Figure 3-44 Hxgs3 (S30810-Q2943-X)

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Figure 3-44 HXGS3 (S30810-Q2943-X) Figure 3-45 HXGR3 (S30810-K2943-Z) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-102 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 169: Figure 3-46 Hxgs3/Hxgr3 - Interfaces

    X4: 9-pin Sub-D plug for V.24 interface ● LAN connectors: LAN 1 (X2) HGA slot 1 HGA slot 0 LAN 2 (X3) CUC/ CUCR or CUP/ CUPR V.24 interface X4 Figure 3-46 HXGS3/HXGR3 - Interfaces P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-103 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 170 Signals TT1/2 and RT1/2 are not needed for transmitting data. They represent a signal termi- nation of 100 ohms (so-called Bob Smith termination) for the two unused wire pairs in a 4-pair twisted pair cable. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-104 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 171 HXGS3/HXGR3 - Assignment of V.24 Interface X10 Signal Remark Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) Ground Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-105 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 172 Grasp the housing cover by its outside walls only. Start the system by plugging in the power plug. In the case of an uninterruptible power supply, the battery must then be switched on. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-106 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 173 Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Figure 3-47 HXGS3 - Installation of the Fan Kit in HiPath 3550 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-107 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 174: Figure 3-48 Hxgs3 - Securing Clips For Fan Kit

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Figure 3-48 HXGS3 - Securing Clips for Fan Kit Figure 3-49 HXGS3 - Connection of the Fan Kit P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-108 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 175: Ivml8, Ivml24

    HiPath Xpressions Compact supports a central voice mail functionality in a HiPath > 3000/5000 network. All stations can use the central voice mail server. HiPath Xpressions Compact cannot be used as a central announcement device in a network. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-109 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 176: Figure 3-50 Ivml8 And Ivml24 - Packing Protection Covering

    If it is necessary to transport the board again at a later time, for example, for servicing, you must reattach the packing protection covering. Figure 3-50 IVML8 and IVML24 - Packing Protection Covering P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-110 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 177 To reset the board to the default state, activate the lockout switch twice within the first 10 s of board startup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-111 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 178 Lockout switch activated during a call (500/ (500/ 500 ms) 500 ms) Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deactivated using HiPath 3000 Manager E or lockout switch. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-112 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 179 TT1 (Transmit Termination 1) TT2 (Transmit Termination 2) RDP (Receive Data +) RDN (Receive Data –) RT1 (Receive Termination 1) RT2 (Receive Termination 2) Not used in 4-wire cable P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-113 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 180: Ivmnl, Ivmn8

    Compact administration (fast APS transfer, backup, and restore activities). Only one IVMNL or IVMN8 may be installed per HiPath 3800 system. > Caution For thermal reasons the IVMNL board may only be installed in the basic cabinet. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-114 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 181: Figure 3-53 Ivmnl/Ivmn8 - Packing Protection Covering

    If it is necessary to transport the board again at a later time, for example, for servicing, you must reattach the packing protection covering. Figure 3-53 IVMNL/IVMN8 - Packing Protection Covering P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-115 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 182: Figure 3-54 Ivmnl/Ivmn8 - Front Panel (S30122-H7688-X -X100)

    Front panel Two LEDs indicating the board status: LED (green) ● LED (yellow) ● Lockout switch Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (8-pin RJ45 jack) Figure 3-54 IVMNL/IVMN8 - Front Panel (S30122-H7688-X -X100) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-116 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 183 Check whether board was deacti- curred vated using HiPath 3000 Manag- er E or lockout switch. During Operation Idle (no call) Flashing At least one active port (call) (500/ 500 ms) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-117 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 184 Description Tx + Transmit + Tx – Transmit – Rx + Receive + – Not used – Not used Rx – Receive – – Not used – Not used P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-118 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 185: Ivmp8 (Not For U.s.), Ivmp8R (Not For U.s)

    HiPath Xpressions Compact supports a central voice mail functionality in a HiPath > 3000/5000 network. All stations can use the central voice mail server. HiPath Xpressions Compact cannot be used as a central announcement device in a network. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-119 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 186: Figure 3-55 Ivmp8 And Ivmp8R (Not For U.s.) - Packing Protection Covering

    If it is necessary to transport the board again at a later time, for example, for servicing, you must reattach the packing protection covering. Figure 3-55 IVMP8 and IVMP8R (not for U.S.) - Packing Protection Covering P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-120 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 187: Figure 3-56 Ivmp8, Ivmp8R (S30122-Q7379-X100, -K7379-Z100)

    To reset the board to the default state, activate the lockout switch twice within the first 10 s of board startup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-121 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 188 X2 Tx + Transmit + Tx – Transmit – Rx + Receive + – Not used – Not used Rx – Receive – – Not used – Not used P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-122 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 189 Lockout switch activated during a call (500/ (500/ 500 ms) 500 ms) Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was de- activated using HiPath 3000 Manager E or lockout switch. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-123 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 190: Ivms8, Ivms8R

    HiPath Xpressions Compact supports a central voice mail functionality in a HiPath > 3000/5000 network. All stations can use the central voice mail server. HiPath Xpressions Compact cannot be used as a central announcement device in a network. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-124 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 191: Figure 3-57 Ivms8 And Ivms8R - Packing Protection Covering

    If it is necessary to transport the board again at a later time, for example, for servicing, you must reattach the packing protection covering. Figure 3-57 IVMS8 and IVMS8R - Packing Protection Covering P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-125 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 192: Figure 3-58 Ivms8 And Ivms8R (S30122-Q7379-X, -K7379-Z)

    To reset the board to the default state, activate the lockout switch twice within the first 10 s of board startup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-126 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 193 Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Front view of IVMS8R X3 = LAN connector, 8-pin RJ45 jack LED (yellow) LED (green) Lockout switch Figure 3-59 IVMS8R - Front View (S30122-K7379-Z) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-127 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 194 X2 Tx + Transmit + Tx – Transmit – Rx + Receive + – Not used – Not used Rx – Receive – – Not used – Not used P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-128 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 195 Lockout switch activated during a call (500/ (500/ 500 ms) 500 ms) Board locked or board error occurred Check whether board was deac- tivated using HiPath 3000 Man- ager E or lockout switch. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-129 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 196: Pbxxx

    Because the PBXXX card is not recognized by the hardware, offline configuration is required with HiPath 3000 Manager E. DIUN2 + PBXXX should be specified as the module to be con- figured. After configuration, the module data can be seen in HiPath 3000 Manager E. However, this is only visible in the software configuration, as the PBXXX card was only configured on the software side.
  • Page 197 PBXXX card active, Link 1 and Link 2 not active Link 1 active, Link 2 not active Link 1 not active, Link 2 active Link 1 active, Link 2 active Boot procedure P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-131 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 198: Sla8N (Not For U.s.), Sla16N, Sla24N

    SLA8N (not for U.S.), SLA16N, SLA24N (S30810-Q2929-X200, -X100, -X) The operating mode (short or long line with the appropriate flash times) can be set up for each subscriber line interface with HiPath 3000 Manager E (the menu Settings: Set up station –> Station –> Parameters –> Flags).
  • Page 199 HiPath 3000 Manager E. not, replace board. Flashing Loadware is being loaded. Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state). Flashing At least one station is activated. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-133 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 200 Port 10 gry/red blk/blu Port 11 blu/blk blk/ora Port 12 ora/blk used blk/grn Port 13 SLA8N grn/blk blk/brn Port 14 brn/blk blk/gry Port 15 gry/blk yel/blu Port 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-134 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 201 Port 18 gry/red blk/blu Port 19 blu/blk blk/ora Port 20 used ora/blk blk/grn SLA8N, Port 21 SLA16N grn/blk blk/brn Port 22 brn/blk blk/gry Port 23 gry/blk yel/blu Port 24 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-135 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 202 Port 10 gry/red blk/blu Port 11 blu/blk blk/ora Port 12 ora/blk blk/grn Port 13 grn/blk blk/brn Port 14 brn/blk blk/gry Port 15 gry/blk yel/blu Port 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-136 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 203 Port 18 gry/red blk/blu Port 19 blu/blk blk/ora Port 20 ora/blk used blk/grn Port 21 SLA16N grn/blk blk/brn Port 22 brn/blk blk/gry Port 23 gry/blk yel/blu Port 24 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-137 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 204 Range, see Section 2.6 ● Loop current detection > 10 mA ● Ground button detection > 20 mA ● The transmission method can be configured country-specifically by entering the country ● code. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-138 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 205: Slc16 (Not For U.s.), Slc16N (Not For U.s.)

    CBCPR board (HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700) or the plug-in subboard on the CBCC board (for HiPath 3550) to ensure clock accuracy (see Table 11-1). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-139 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 206: Figure 3-62 Slc16 (S30810-Q2922-X) (Not For U.s.)

    Before unplugging the SLC16 or SLC16N board, always activate the lockout switch and wait until green LED stops flashing. This precaution ensures that none of the mobile telephones are active. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-140 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 207 Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state). Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activat- Board disabled. Check whether board was deactivated using the lockout switch. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-141 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 208: Table 3-59 Slc16, Slc16N (Not For U.s.) - Cable Assignment

    P0/E blk/brn BS x: Access 14 port x brn/blk P0/E blk/gry BS x: Access 15 port x gry/blk P0/E yel/blu BS x: Access 16 port x blu/yel P0/E P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-142 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 209 SLC16N should not be installed with a second SLC16 or SLC16N, an SLMO24 or a TS2 on a PCM segment. This condition must always be observed. For information on PCM segment distribution, see Page 4-156. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-143 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 210: Table 3-60 Hipath 3750, Hipath 3700 - Maximum Number Of Sla24N And

    SLC16 or SLC16N (Not for U.S.) HiPath 3750 Number of Number of base stations Number of HiPath 3700 SLC16 SLA24N BS3/1 BS2/2 SLC16N SLMO24 BS3/3 connected via connected via P0/E P0/E Expansion cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-144 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 211 1xU P0/E 1 - 10 11 - 20 21 - 30 31 - 40 41 - 50 optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones SLC16 or SLC16N P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-145 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 212: Table 3-61 Hipath 3550 - Maximum Number Of Corded Telephones

    2xU P0/E 1 - 10 11 - 20 21 - 30 31 - 40 41 - 50 optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones SLC16 or SLC16N P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-146 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 213 Signal propagation times differ due to the varying distances between the base stations, the sys- tem, and the connection cables used (refer to the HiPath Cordless Office service manual). The SLC16 and SLC16N boards automatically balance these propagation times. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-147 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 214: Figure 3-64 Base Station Power Supply Via One U P0/E Interface (Not For U.s.)

    BS3/1 for in- HiPath 3550, doors HiPath 3700 CABLU P0/E SLC16/ SLC16N Splitting strip MDFU, MDFU-E Figure 3-64 Base Station Power Supply via One U Interface (Not for U.S.) P0/E P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-148 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 215: Figure 3-65 Base Station Power Supply Via Two U P0/E Interfaces (Not For U.s.)

    HiPath 3550, for indoors HiPath 3700 CABLU P0/E SLC16/ SLC16N P0/E Splitting strip MDFU, MDFU-E Figure 3-65 Base Station Power Supply via Two U Interfaces (Not for U.S.) P0/E P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-149 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 216: Figure 3-66 Bs3/3 Power Supply Via Three U P0/E Interfaces (Not For U.s.)

    Path 3300, you should use the EPSU2-R power supply. This is installed in the ECR expansion cabinet rack (see Section 9.2.4). Section 11.5, “Power-Related Capacity Limits” shows which telephone configurations manage without an additional power supply and which configurations require an additional one. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-150 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 217 The new EPSU2 model S30122-K7221-X2 is designed to replace S30122- > K7221-X1. Differences between the two models are indicated at the appropriate point in the following description. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-151 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 218: Figure 3-67 Epsu2 - Indicators And Ports

    DC port for UPSC-D Note polarity. Housing cover Battery fuse Mounting LED 1 screws LED 2 AC port for 100 – 240 Vac Figure 3-67 EPSU2 - Indicators and Ports P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-152 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 219 DC cable to UPSC-D ● DC cable to UPSC-D (length = 2 m) ● (length = 2 m) AC power cable C39195-Z7001-C17 Euro angled ● C39195-Z7001-C20 GBR angled ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-153 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 220 Weight approx. 14.1 kg (incl. batteries) approx. 4.1 kg (without batter- ies) Symbol Personal safety, insulation EN60950 and IEC950 Grounding, shielding Protection class 1, output is floating against ground P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-154 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 221 Mount the EPSU2 onto the screws and tighten them all the way. 115 mm 102 mm 33 mm 317 mm Figure 3-68 EPSU2 - Holes for Mounting on the Wall P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-155 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 222: Slcn (Not For U.s.)

    SLCN (S30810-Q2193-X300) - LEDs on the Front Panel To ensure sufficient shielding, provide the board with a shielding panel. For informa- > tion on mounting the shielding panel, see Section 4.2.5.2. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-156 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 223: Table 3-66 Slcn:led Statuses

    For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-67 ● For connecting to the connector panels using RJ45 jacks: Table 3-68 ● For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-69 ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-157 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 224: Table 3-67 Slcn - Sivapac Connector Assignment On The Backplane

    Port 10 gry/red blk/blu Port 11 blu/blk blk/ora Port 12 ora/blk blk/grn Port 13 grn/blk blk/brn Port 14 brn/blk blk/gry Port 15 gry/blk yel/blu Port 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-158 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 225: Table 3-68 Slcn - Connector Panel Assignment With Rj45 Jacks

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Table 3-68 SLCN - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks RJ45 jack SLCN Notes P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-159 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 226 Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Table 3-68 SLCN - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks RJ45 jack SLCN Notes Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-160 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 227: Table 3-69 Slcn - Connector Panel Assignment With Sipac 1 Su Connectors

    Port 10 gry/red blk/blu Port 11 blu/blk blk/ora Port 12 ora/blk blk/grn Port 13 grn/blk blk/brn Port 14 brn/blk blk/gry Port 15 gry/blk yel/blu Port 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-161 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 228 If the correct number of LUNA2 modules was calculated, the system’s internal power supply unit provides sufficient power to supply the HiPath Cordless Office system configuration spec- ified in Table 11-1. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-162 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 229: Slma, Slma8

    SLMA/SLMA8 - LEDs on the Front Panel To ensure sufficient shielding, provide the board with a shielding panel. For informa- > tion on mounting the shielding panel, see Section 4.2.5.2. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-163 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 230: Table 3-70 Slma/Slma8 - Led Statuses

    For U.S. only: For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-73 ● For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-74 and ● Table 3-75 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-164 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 231 Port 10 gry/red blk/blu Port 11 blu/blk blk/ora Port 12 ora/blk used blk/grn Port 13 SLMA8 grn/blk blk/brn Port 14 brn/blk blk/gry Port 15 gry/blk yel/blu Port 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-165 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 232: Table 3-71 Slma/Slma8 - Sivapac Connector Assignment On The Backplane

    Port 18 grn/yel yel/brn Port 19 brn/yel yel/gry Port 20 gry/yel used vio/blu Port 21 SLMA8 blu/vio vio/ora Port 22 ora/vio vio/grn Port 23 grn/vio vio/brn Port 24 brn/vio P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-166 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 233: Table 3-72 Slma/Slma8 - Connector Panel Assignment With Rj45 Jacks

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Table 3-72 SLMA/SLMA8 - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks RJ45 jack SLMA, SLMA8 Notes Not used for SLMA8 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-167 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 234 Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Table 3-72 SLMA/SLMA8 - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks RJ45 jack SLMA, SLMA8 Notes Not used for SLMA8 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-168 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 235: Table 3-73 Slma/Slma8 - Connector Panel Assignment With Champ Jack

    Port 12 12 TIP used 13 Ring Port 13 SLMA8 13 TIP 14 Ring Port 14 14 TIP 15 Ring Port 15 15 TIP 16 Ring Port 16 16 TIP P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-169 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 236 Port 20 20 TIP used 21 Ring Port 21 SLMA8 21 TIP 22 Ring Port 22 22 TIP 23 Ring Port 23 23 TIP 24 Ring Port 24 24 TIP P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-170 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 237 Port 10 gry/red blk/blu Port 11 blu/blk blk/ora Port 12 ora/blk used blk/grn Port 13 SLMA8 grn/blk blk/brn Port 14 brn/blk blk/gry Port 15 gry/blk yel/blu Port 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-171 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 238: Table 3-75 Slma, Slma8 - Connector Panel Assignment With Sipac 1 Su

    Port 18 gry/red blk/blu Port 19 blu/blk blk/ora Port 20 ora/blk used blk/grn Port 21 SLMA8 grn/blk blk/brn Port 22 brn/blk blk/gry Port 23 gry/blk yel/blu Port 24 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-172 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 239: Slmo2, Slmo8

    SLMO2/SLMO8 - LEDs on the Front Panel To ensure sufficient shielding, provide the board with a shielding panel. For informa- > tion on mounting the shielding panel, see Section 4.2.5.2. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-173 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 240: Table 3-76 Slmo2 And Slmo8 - Led Statuses

    For U.S. only: For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-79 ● For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-80 and ● Table 3-81 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-174 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 241 Port 10 gry/red blk/blu Port 11 blu/blk blk/ora Port 12 ora/blk used blk/grn Port 13 SLMO8 grn/blk blk/brn Port 14 brn/blk blk/gry Port 15 gry/blk yel/blu Port 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-175 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 242: Table 3-77 Slmo2/Slmo8 - Sivapac Connector Assignment On The

    Port 18 grn/yel yel/brn Port 19 brn/yel yel/gry Port 20 gry/yel used vio/blu Port 21 SLMO8 blu/vio vio/ora Port 22 ora/vio vio/grn Port 23 grn/vio vio/brn Port 24 brn/vio P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-176 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 243: Table 3-78 Slmo2/Slmo8 - Connector Panel Assignment With Rj45 Jacks

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Table 3-78 SLMO2/SLMO8 - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks RJ45 jack SLMO2, SLMO8 Notes Not used for SLMO8 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-177 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 244 Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Table 3-78 SLMO2/SLMO8 - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks RJ45 jack SLMO2, SLMO8 Notes Not used for SLMO8 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-178 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 245: Table 3-79 Slmo2/Slmo8 - Connector Panel Assignment With Champ

    12 TIP Not used for SLMO8 13 Ring Port 13 13 TIP 14 Ring Port 14 14 TIP 15 Ring Port 15 15 TIP 16 Ring Port 16 16 TIP P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-179 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 246 20 TIP Not used for SLMO8 21 Ring Port 21 21 TIP 22 Ring Port 22 22 TIP 23 Ring Port 23 23 TIP 24 Ring Port 24 24 TIP P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-180 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 247 Port 10 gry/red blk/blu Port 11 blu/blk blk/ora Port 12 ora/blk used blk/grn Port 13 SLMO8 grn/blk blk/brn Port 14 brn/blk blk/gry Port 15 gry/blk yel/blu Port 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-181 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 248: Table 3-81 Slma, Slma8 - Connector Panel Assignment With Sipac 1 Su

    Port 18 gry/red blk/blu Port 19 blu/blk blk/ora Port 20 ora/blk used blk/grn Port 21 SLMO8 grn/blk blk/brn Port 22 brn/blk blk/gry Port 23 gry/blk yel/blu Port 24 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-182 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 249: Slmo8 (Not For U.s.), Slmo24

    Path 3550 and HiPath 3700. Switches and LEDs Lockout switch S1 (position = free, factory default) H1 (green) LEDs H2 (red) Figure 3-72 SLMO8 (Not for U.S.), SLMO24 (S30810-Q2901-X100, S30810-Q2901-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-183 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 250: Table 3-82 Slmo8 (Not For U.s.) And Slmo24 - Led Statuses

    HiPath 3000 Manager E. not, replace board. Flashing Loadware is being loaded. Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state). Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activat- P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-184 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 251: Table 3-83 Slmo8 (Not For U.s.), Slmo24 - Cable 1 Assignment (Su Xx8)

    Access 10 gry/red blk/blu Access 11 blu/blk blk/ora Access 12 ora/blk used blk/grn Access 13 SLMO8 grn/blk blk/brn Access 14 brn/blk blk/gry Access 15 gry/blk yel/blu Access 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-185 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 252: Table 3-84 Slmo8 (Not For U.s.), Slmo24 - Cable 2 Assignment (Su Xx9)

    Access 18 gry/red blk/blu Access 19 blu/blk blk/ora Access 20 ora/blk used blk/grn Access 21 SLMO8 grn/blk blk/brn Access 22 brn/blk blk/gry Access 23 gry/blk yel/blu Access 24 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-186 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 253: Table 3-85 Slmo24 - Assignment (Su Xx8, Xx9) (For U.s. Only)

    Port 10 gry/red blk/blu Port 11 blu/blk blk/ora Port 12 ora/blk blk/grn Port 13 grn/blk blk/brn Port 14 brn/blk blk/gry Port 15 gry/blk yel/blu Port 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-187 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 254 Port 18 gry/red blk/blu Port 19 blu/blk blk/ora Port 20 ora/blk blk/grn Port 21 grn/blk blk/brn Port 22 brn/blk blk/gry Port 23 gry/blk yel/blu Port 24 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-188 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 255: Slu8

    SLU8 in or out. If you do not wait before doing so, the CBCC/CBCP may be dam- aged. Table 3-86 SLU8 Contact Assignments Contact X2 (U ports 1-4) X3 (U ports 5-8) Po/E P0/E P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-189 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 256: Slu8R

    CUCR jacks) P0/E Figure 3-74 SLU8R Interfaces (S30817-K922-Z301) Table 3-87 SLU8R Contact Assignments X2, pin ports X2, pin ports P0/E P0/E jack 1 - 4 jack 5 - 8 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-190 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 257: Stls2 (Not For U.s.), Stls4

    3 = SR + 4 = SR - 5 = SX - SX = Signal transmit SR = signal receive Figure 3-75 STLS2 (Not for U.S.), STLS4 Interfaces (S30817-Q924-B313, -A313) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-191 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 258: Table 3-88 Stls4 Module Interface Assignments (For U.s. Only)

    The system assigns the MSN only after the S port is configured on the "Euro bus" (not for U.S.) and can be read out via the administration (Assistant T: Code 20 4 3 S Bus MSN). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-192 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 259 4 to the ISDN trunk or to ISDN terminals (ISDN telephone, group 4 fax device, PC, dialing aid) via an S bus. The connection (networking) to HiPath 3000 and HiPath 4000 (CorNet NQ) can also be set up via S interfaces S...

  • Page 260: Figure 3-76 Sample Pin Assignments In Mw Jacks (Not For U.s.)

    SX SX SR SX SX SR 4-pin Always establish contact on the center four pins. SX SX SR Figure 3-76 Sample Pin Assignments in MW Jacks (Not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-194 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 261: Figure 3-77 Wiring And Ranges For S Bus Jacks (Not For U.s.)

    Terminating resistor in last jack Maximum ranges: System Short bus: 150 m (492 ft.) Long bus: 150 m (492 ft.) Figure 3-77 Wiring and Ranges for S Bus Jacks (Not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-195 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 262 SR = signal receive With MW cables, contact is always es- tablished in the center of the connec- SX SX SR tor. Figure 3-78 MWxx Jack Pin Assignment (For U.S. Only) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-196 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 263: Figure 3-79 S Bus Wiring From Stls4 Port Or Optiset E Isdn Adapter

    Last device jack (8-pin MW8) 100 ohms, 0.25 W Terminating resistor in last jack Figure 3-79 Bus Wiring from STLS4 Port or optiset E ISDN Adapter (For U.S. Only) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-197 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 264: Stls4R

    3 = SX + 4 = SR + 5 = SR – 6 = SX – SX = Signal transmit SR = signal receive Figure 3-80 STLS4R Interfaces (S30817-K924-Z313) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-198 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 265: Table 3-89 Stls4R Contact Assignments

    3 receive– port 3 transmit– port 4 transmit+ port 4 receive+ port 4 receive– port 4 transmit– Refer to Page 3-193 for information on connecting ISDN lines and telephones. > P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-199 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 266: Stlsx2, Stlsx4, Stlsx4R

    (PMP bus) in NT (network terminator) mode with cross-connected RX-TX lines. Interfaces The board does not supply terminals with power. Power must be supplied locally for > telephones, for example, via a plug-in power supply unit. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-200 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 267 Receive + Receive – Receive – Receive – Receive – Transmit – Transmit – Transmit – Transmit – – – – – – – – – Not for STLSX2 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-201 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 268 Configuring S interfaces Depending on how the interfaces are applied, use HiPath 3000 Manager E to define the rele- vant protocols for the trunks to be connected. Please note the additional information contained in the protocol templates when selecting a suitable S...

  • Page 269: Figure 3-82 Pin Assignments In Mw Jacks

    Assignment of MW jack pins 1- 8: 8-pin 6-pin SX SX SR SX SX SR 4-pin Always establish contact on the center four pins. SX SX SR Figure 3-82 Pin Assignments in MW Jacks P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-203 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 270: Figure 3-83 Wiring And Ranges For S Bus Jacks

    Terminating resistor in last jack Maximum ranges: System Short bus: 150 m (492 ft.) Long bus: 150 m (492 ft.) Figure 3-83 Wiring and Ranges for S Bus Jacks P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-204 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 271: Stmd3

    STMD3 (S30810-Q2217-X10/-X110) - LEDs on the Front Panel To ensure sufficient shielding, provide the board with a shielding panel. For informa- > tion on mounting the shielding panel, see Section 4.2.5.2. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-205 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 272: Table 3-91 Stmd3 - Led Statuses

    For U.S. only: For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-94 ● For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-95 ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-206 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 273: Table 3-92 Stmd3 - Sivapac Connector Assignment On The Backplane

    5 red/gry gry/red blk/blu blu/blk Basic rate access 6 blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk Basic rate access 7 blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk Basic rate access 8 yel/blu blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-207 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 274: Table 3-93 Stmd3 - Connector Panel Assignment With Rj45 Jacks

    1 Basic rate access 2 Basic rate access 3 Basic rate access 4 Basic rate access 5 Basic rate access 6 Basic rate access 7 Basic rate access 8 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-208 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 275 6 , Transmit , Transmit , Receive , Receive Basic rate access 7 , Transmit , Transmit , Receive , Receive Basic rate access 8 , Transmit , Transmit P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-209 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 276: Table 3-95 Stmd3 - Connector Panel Assignment With Sipac 1 Su

    Basic brn/red rate access red/gry gry/red blk/blu Basic blu/blk rate access blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn Basic grn/blk rate access blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry Basic gry/blk rate access yel/blu blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-210 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 277: Stmd8

    S0 bus for connecting ISDN telephones (not for U.S.) (separate power supply re- ● quired). Switches and LEDs H300 LEDs H301 H308 Lockout switch S300 Figure 3-85 STMD8 (S30810-Q2558-X200) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-211 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 278: Table 3-96 Stmd8 - Led Statuses (H301 To H308)

    Board is out of service (e.g. S300/x Check whether board was deactivat- (500/500 ms) “closed”) ed using HiPath 3000 Manager E or lockout switch. ISDN layer 2 not activated P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-212 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 279: Figure 3-86 S Trunk Connection (Example For Hipath 3750)

    Figure 3-87 NT Connection(Not for U.S.) When starting up S ports during operation with PABXs, it is important to ensure that > the NT switch is in the POINT-TO-POINT position. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-213 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 280 Use a point-to-point connection if you have a dedicated line (trunk circuit/tie trunk circuit) or to extend the range if only one telephone is connected to the S bus. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-214 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 281: Figure 3-88 S Networking Options (Not For U.s.) (Examples For Hipath 3750)

    MDFU or STMD8 STMD8 MDFU-E Fixed connection via public network (NT connection according to Figure 3-87) MDFU Cable (CABLU) Figure 3-88 Networking Options (Not for U.S.) (Examples for HiPath 3750) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-215 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 282: Figure 3-89 S Bus To The Stmd8 Over The Mdfu Or Mdfu-E (Not For U.s.)

    Assignment of MW jack pins 1- 8: 8-pin 6-pin SX SX SR SX SX SR 4-pin Always establish contact on the center four pins. SX SX SR Figure 3-90 Pin Assignments in MW Jacks P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-216 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 283: Figure 3-91 S Bus - Example Of Jack Assignment (Not For U.s.)

    Bus - Example of Jack Assignment (Not for U.S.) ISDN boards can also be connected to available optiPoint 500 series telephones (ex- > cept for optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy) using an optiPoint ISDN Adapter. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-217 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 284: Table 3-97 Stmd8 - Cable And Connector Assignment (Not For U.s.)

    Basic brn/red rate access red/gry gry/red blk/blu Basic blu/blk rate access blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn Basic grn/blk rate access blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry Basic gry/blk rate access yel/blu blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-218 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 285: Table 3-98 Stmd8 - Assignment (Suxx8) (For U.s. Only)

    7 Transmit – brn/blk 7 Transmit + blk/gry 8 Receive – gry/blk 8 Receive + Port 8 yel/blu 8 Transmit – blu/yel 8 Transmit + No other wires used. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-219 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 286 MW8 jack 1 adapter). (8-pin) (8-pin) STMD8 port on MDF (port 1 shown) Figure 3-92 STMD8 - S Bus Wiring from STMD8 Port or from ISDN Adapter (for U.S. only) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-220 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 287: Stmi2

    STMI2 - Board Variants Board Part number Services DSPs B channels DSP channels STMI2 S30810-Q2316-X100 Voice and Data Sixteen simultaneous Voice over IP connections are possible per DSP (Digital Signal Proces- sor). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-221 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 288: Figure 3-93 Stmi2 (S30810-Q2316-X100) - Hga Slots

    PDMX S30807-Q5697- The PDMX extension module (PMC DSP X200 is not released at present. Module Ex- tended) slot 1 slot 0 Figure 3-93 STMI2 (S30810-Q2316-X100) - HGA Slots P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-222 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 289 Two RJ45 jacks for LAN interfaces. These provide access to the Ethernet standard (IEEE ● 802.3) with 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps with automatic configuration. Manual configuration is also possible. 9-pin Sub-D plug for V.24 interface ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-223 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 290 – Yellow = 10 Mbps online (link) – Flashing = active LED2 (green): ● – On = full-duplex (FDX) – Off = half-duplex Figure 3-94 STMI2 - Front Panel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-224 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 291 STMI2 - V.24 Interface Assignment Signal Remark Not used Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) Ground Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) Internal pull-up resistor in level switch (MAX211E) Not used P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-225 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 292: Table 3-102 Stmi2 - Lan Interface Assignment (Rj45 Jacks)

    Signals TT1/2 and RT1/2 are not needed for transmitting data. They represent a signal termi- nation of 100 ohms (so-called Bob Smith termination) for the two unused wire pairs in a 4-pair twisted pair cable. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-226 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 293: Tiel

    Before you can start up a tie trunk, you must determine the type of interface supported by the two systems. Type 2 is preferable because it virtually excludes problems with longitudinal volt- ages. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-227 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 294 E&M interface type 3 ● This type uses four signal wires. The M-signal has GND or V (- 48 V) for direct TIEL- battery to-TIEL connection (without converter). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-228 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 295 It differs from the wink signal protocol only in that the remote system returns a backward signal immediately after seizure even if it is not ready for digit input. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-229 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 296 S1/1 (S1/1 to 4, S1/5 to 8 = used S1/8 for factory testing) S202 S104 S103 S203 v S204 S302 S303 S304 S402 S403 S404 Figure 3-95 TIEL (S30810-Q2520-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-230 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 297 1 - 2 S204 1 - 2 S304 1 - 2 S404 1 - 2 (factory default) 4 - 5 4 - 5 4 - 5 4 - 5 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-231 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 298: Figure 3-96 E&M Interface Type 1 (Not For U.s.)

    CCT 3: S303 S302 CCT 3: S303 S302 CCT 4: S403 S402 CCT 4: S403 S402 System A System B Figure 3-96 E&M Interface Type 1 (Not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-232 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 299: Figure 3-97 E&M Interface Type 1A (Not For U.s.)

    CCT 2: S203 S202 CCT 3: S303 S302 CCT 3: S303 S302 CCT 4: S403 S402 CCT 4: S403 S402 Figure 3-97 E&M Interface Type 1A (Not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-233 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 300: Figure 3-98 E&M Interface Type 1B Or 5 (Not For U.s.)

    CCT 2: S203 S202 CCT 3: S303 S302 CCT 3: S303 S302 CCT 4: S403 S402 CCT 4: S403 S402 Figure 3-98 E&M Interface Type 1B or 5 (Not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-234 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 301: Figure 3-99 E&M Interface Type 2 (Not For U.s)

    CCT 2: S203 S202 CCT 3: S303 S302 CCT 3: S303 S302 CCT 4: S403 S402 CCT 4: S403 S402 Figure 3-99 E&M Interface Type 2 (Not for U.S) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-235 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 302 8 a 12 a 16 a Out- S103 going signaling 8 b 12 b 16 b - 48 V Figure 3-100 E&M Interface Type 2 - Circuit Diagram, MDFU or MDFU-E Numbering (Not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-236 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 303 Circuit out of service (e.g. S1/x in Check whether the circuit was deacti- 500 ms) “on” position”) vated with HiPath 3000 Manager E or lockout switch. Circuit is idle, no seizure P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-237 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 304 Transmit + ● gry/wht receive with 2-wire speech red/blu Ring Receive with 4- Port wire speech blu/red red/ora System ora/red ground Signal wires red/grn Mouth System grn/red battery P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-238 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 305 Transmit + ● grn/blk receive with 2-wire speech blk/brn Ring Receive with 4- Port wire speech brn/blk blk/gry System gry/blk ground Signal wires yel/blu Mouth System blu/yel battery P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-239 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 306 Transmit + receive with ● brn/red 2-wire speech red/gry Ring 1 Receive with 4-wire speech Port 3 gry/red TIP 1 blk/blu blu/blk System ground Signal wires blk/ora ora/blk System battery P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-240 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 307 2-wire speech blk/brn Ring 1 Receive with 4-wire speech Port 4 brn/blk TIP 1 blk/gry gry/blk System ground Signal wires yel/blu blu/yel System battery No other wires used. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-241 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 308: Tla2 (Not For U.s.), Tla4 (Not For U.s.), Tla8 (Not For U.s.)

    3 b trunk 3 a trunk 4 a trunk 3 b trunk 4 b trunk 4 a trunk 4 Call charging module assignment (GMZ) Not for TLA2 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-242 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 309 8 b trunk 8 a trunk 4 – – a trunk 8 GMZ 1 – – GMZ 2 GMZ= Call charging module assignment GND=GND for GEE50 FKR, otherwise free P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-243 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 310: Tla4R (Not For U.s.)

    TLA4R (Not for U.S.) Interfaces (S30817-Q923-Zxxx) Table 3-109 TLA4R (Not for U.S.) Contact Assignments MW8 Jack X5, pin Trunk connections 1-4 a trunk 1 b trunk 1 a trunk 2 b trunk 2 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-244 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 311 4 b trunk 4 MW8 Jack X5, pin ALUM 1 + 2 ALUM1: Stn card connection ALUM2: Stn card connection ALUM1: Analog telephone connection ALUM2: Analog telephone connection P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-245 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 312: Tm2Lp

    Figure 3-104 TM2LP - Front Panel (S30810-Q2159-Xxxx) To ensure sufficient shielding, provide the board with a shielding panel. For informa- > tion on mounting the shielding panel, see Section 4.2.5.2. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-246 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 313: Table 3-110 Tm2Lp - Led Statuses

    For U.S. only: For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-113 ● For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-114 ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-247 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 314: Table 3-111 Tm2Lp - Sivapac Connector Assignment On The Backplane

    Port 8 grn/red red/brn Free brn/red red/gry Free gry/red blk/blu Free blu/blk blk/ora Free ora/blk blk/grn Free grn/blk blk/brn Free brn/blk blk/gry Free gry/blk yel/blu Free blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-248 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 315 Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Table 3-112 TM2LP - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks RJ45 jack TM2LP Notes Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-249 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 316: Table 3-112 Tm2Lp - Connector Panel Assignment With Rj45 Jacks

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Peripheral Boards Table 3-112 TM2LP - Connector Panel Assignment with RJ45 Jacks RJ45 jack TM2LP Notes Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-250 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 317: Table 3-113 Tm2Lp - Connector Panel Assignment With Champ Jack

    Port 5 5 TIP 6 Ring Port 6 6 TIP 7 Ring Port 7 7 TIP 8 Ring Port 8 8 TIP Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-251 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 318: Table 3-114 Tm2Lp - Connector Panel Assignment With Sipac 1 Su

    Port 8 grn/red red/brn Free brn/red red/gry Free gry/red blk/blu Free blu/blk blk/ora Free ora/blk blk/grn Free grn/blk blk/brn Free brn/blk blk/gry Free gry/blk yel/blu Free blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-252 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 319: Tmamf (For Selected Countries Only)

    S30810-Q2587-A400 for use in HiPath 3550. ● Switches and LEDs LEDs H0 (green) H100 (yellow) Lockout switch S501 (factory default) Subminiature D connector for DSP diagnosis Figure 3-105 TMAMF (S30810-Q2587-Axxx) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-253 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 320: Figure 3-106 Pin Assignments Of The Tmamf Diagnostic Cable

    Pin assignments of the diagnostic cable TMAMF: Subminiature D connector PC: RS-232 interface 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Figure 3-106 Pin Assignments of the TMAMF Diagnostic Cable P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-254 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 321 The trunk was seized Flashing Trunk out of service (e.g. S1/x Check whether the trunk was de- (500/500 ms) “closed”) activated using HiPath 3000 Manager E or the lockout switch. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-255 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 322: Table 3-117 Tmamf - Cable Assignment

    Port 8 grn/red red/brn Free brn/red red/gry Free gry/red blk/blu Free blu/blk blk/ora Free ora/blk blk/grn Free grn/blk blk/brn Free brn/blk blk/gry Free gry/blk yel/blu Free blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-256 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 323: Tmc16 (U.s. Only)

    TMC16 (for U.S. only) (S30810-Q2485-X) - Front Panel To ensure sufficient shielding, provide the board with a shielding panel. For informa- > tion on mounting the shielding panel, see Section 4.2.5.2. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-257 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 324: Table 3-118 Tmc16 (For U.s. Only) - Led Statuses

    For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-119 ● For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-120 ● For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-121 ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-258 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 325: Table 3-119 Tmc16 (For U.s. Only) - Sivapac Connector Assignment On

    Port 10 gry/red blk/blu Port 11 blu/blk blk/ora Port 12 ora/blk blk/grn Port 13 grn/blk blk/brn Port 14 brn/blk blk/gry Port 15 gry/blk yel/blu Port 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-259 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 326 12 Ring Port 12 12 TIP 13 Ring Port 13 13 TIP 14 Ring Port 14 14 TIP 15 Ring Port 15 15 TIP 16 Ring Port 16 16 TIP P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-260 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 327: Table 3-121 Tmc16 (For U.s. Only) - Connector Panel Assignment With Sipac 1 Su Connectors (Cable For Ports 1 - 16)

    Port 10 gry/red blk/blu Port 11 blu/blk blk/ora Port 12 ora/blk blk/grn Port 13 grn/blk blk/brn Port 14 brn/blk blk/gry Port 15 gry/blk yel/blu Port 16 blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-261 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 328: Tmcas (For Selected Countries Only)

    Administration of the CAS protocol converter Use the ECGM tool for administration. For information on installing the software on the service PC and on the required settings, see Page 3-270. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-262 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 329 “On”). S4-7 Reserved S4-8 Battery: Select the “On” switch position to make the connection to the processor’s real-time clock only after the protocol convert- er has been configured. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-263 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 330 Do not ground the shield on both ends of the cable. – Tx: Ground the cable’s shield on the TMCAS side. – Rx: Ground the cable’s shield on the side of the connected device (NT, MUX, modem). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-264 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 331 Waiting for ECGM command (10 s) Calculating the checksum No TMCAS software in the flash memory, waiting for reload Flash memory erased (changing display) TMCAS board active TMCAS board active, boot process completed P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-265 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 332 (T), transmit b-wire (R), transmit +5 V for board detection +5 V (reserved) Page 3-268 has information on the assignments for the two C39195-A9700-B512, -B514 TM- CAS cables. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-266 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 333 +5 V for board detection a-wire (T), receive b-wire (R), receive a-wire (T), transmit b-wire (R), transmit Page 3-268 has information on the assignments for the two C39195-A9700-B512, -B514 TM- CAS cables. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-267 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 334 Wire a-wire (T), receive BNC shield, cable 1 b-wire (R), receive BNC signal, cable 1 a-wire (T), transmit BNC shield, cable 2 b-wire (R), transmit BNC signal, cable 2 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-268 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 335 There is a correctly inserted TMCAS-TMS2/TS2 combination in the system. If there is a different board entered in HiPath 3000 Manager E immediately to the left of the TMS2 (Hi- Path 3750 and HiPath 3700) or in the HiPath 3550’s large slot, the generation is rejected.
  • Page 336 X130aq.pnm (PNM file) ● Execute Setup.exe file. This will create the directory ecgm and extract various files. Copy vbrazil.iyy (for example, 4brazil.iam) to the directory ecgm. Run the file ecgm.exe. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-270 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 337 Database menu. This procedure takes approximately 8 minutes. The download is complete when the configured channels display the “Idle” status. The seven-segment display H1 on the TMCAS shows “A” (= active). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-271 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 338: Tmdid (For U.s. Only)

    The trunk circuit is assigned. Slow flashing The trunk circuit was deactivated by the software. Fast flashing The switch was pressed and the trunk circuit was selected for manual acti- vation or deactivation. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-272 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 339: Figure 3-111 Tmdid (For U.s. Only) (S30810-Q2452-X) - Front Panel

    For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-128 ● For connecting to the connector panels with CHAMP jack: Table 3-129 ● For connecting to the connector panels using SIPAC 1 SU connectors: Table 3-130 ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-273 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 340 Port 8 grn/red red/brn Free brn/red red/gry Free gry/red blk/blu Free blu/blk blk/ora Free ora/blk blk/grn Free grn/blk blk/brn Free brn/blk blk/gry Free gry/blk yel/blu Free blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-274 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 341 Port 5 5 TIP 6 Ring Port 6 6 TIP Ring Port 7 7 TIP 8 Ring Port 8 8 TIP Free Free Free Free Free Free Free Free P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-275 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 342 Port 8 grn/red red/brn Free brn/red red/gry Free gry/red blk/blu Free blu/blk blk/ora Free ora/blk blk/grn Free grn/blk blk/brn Free brn/blk blk/gry Free gry/blk yel/blu Free blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-276 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 343: Tmdid8 (For U.s. Only)

    The circuits can be set up for immediate start or wink start. Switches and LEDs Trunk 3 Trunk 1 Trunk 4 Trunk 2 Trunk 7 Trunk 5 Trunk 8 Trunk 6 Figure 3-112 TMDID8 (for U.S. only) (S30810-Q2507-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-277 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 344 TMDID8 (for U.S. only) - LED Statuses Status of LEDs 1–8 Meaning Channel is idle, ready to use Channel is seized Flashing Channel is deactivated Winking System software test in progress P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-278 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 345 5 b/a-wire red/blu Port 6 6 a/b-wire blu/red 6 b/a-wire red/ora Port 7 7 a/b-wire ora/red 7 b/a-wire red/grn Port 8 8 a/b-wire grn/red 8 b/a-wire No other wires used. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-279 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 346: Tmew2

    Before you can start up a tie trunk, you must determine the type of interface supported by the two systems. Type 2 is preferable because it virtually excludes problems with longitudinal volt- ages. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-280 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 347: Figure 3-113 Tmew2 - Front Panel (S30810-Q2292-X100)

    Figure 3-113 TMEW2 - Front Panel (S30810-Q2292-X100) To ensure sufficient shielding, provide the board with a shielding panel. For informa- > tion on mounting the shielding panel, see Section 4.2.5.2. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-281 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 348 Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state). Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activat- Cable and connector assignment For connecting to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane: Table 3-135 ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-282 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 349 System ground, system battery grn/blk blk/brn Port 2 System ground, system battery brn/blk blk/gry Port 3 System ground, system battery gry/blk yel/blu Port 4 System ground, system battery blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-283 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 350: Tmgl4 (For U.s. Only)

    Failure to follow these instructions may severely damage the system. Interfaces TMGL4 board CUP/ To trunks To ANI4 Figure 3-114 TMGL4 (For U.S. Only) - Interfaces (S30810-Q2918-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-284 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 351 (ring), trunk 4 a-wire (tip), trunk 4 Note: Pinouts shown are at the board itself. The main distribution frame cable (MDF cable) sup- plied reverses the signal order before the MDF. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-285 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 352: Tmgl4R (For U.s. Only)

    If ANI4R is installed as option 1 or 2, TMGL4R board must be inserted in slot 4, 6 or > 8 (slots 6 and 8 are not available with HiPath 3300). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-286 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 353 (ring), trunk 2 a-wire (tip), trunk 2 b-wire (ring), trunk 3 a-wire (tip), trunk 3 b-wire (ring), trunk 4 a-wire (tip), trunk 4 – – Call charging module assignment (GMZ) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-287 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 354: Tmgl8 (For U.s. Only)

    The TMGL8 board has an eight-path microswitch under a flip-up cover. The following settings apply for each channel: ON (right): Channel is enabled. ● OFF (left): Channel is disabled; no new seizures are permitted. ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-288 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 355 5 b/a-wire red/blu Port 6 6 a/b-wire blu/red 6 b/a-wire red/ora Port 7 7 a/b-wire ora/red 7 b/a-wire red/grn Port 8 8 a/b-wire grn/red 8 b/a-wire No other wires used. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-289 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 356: Tml8W (Not For U.s.)

    (W300 to W650) to activate silent reversal. If silent reversal is inactive, users in the HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 would hear a busy signal following backward release instead of being released. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-290 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 357 HiPath 3000 Manager E. not, replace board. Flashing Loadware is being loaded. Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state). Flashing At least one circuit is activated. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-291 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 358 Port 8 grn/red red/brn Free brn/red red/gry Free gry/red blk/blu Free blu/blk blk/ora Free ora/blk blk/grn Free grn/blk blk/brn Free brn/blk blk/gry Free gry/blk yel/blu Free blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-292 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 359: Tmq4 (For U.s. Only)

    AT&T 5Ess NI-1 ● AT&T 5ESS Custom ● Nortel DMS100 NI-1 ● Siemens EWSD NI-1 ● Interfaces TMQ4 board CUP/ To trunks Figure 3-118 TMQ4 (for U.S. only) (S30810-Q2917-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-293 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 360 (tip), trunk 2 a-wire (tip), trunk 4 Note: Pinouts shown are at the board itself. The main distribution frame cable (MDF cable) sup- plied reverses the signal order before the MDF. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-294 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 361: Tmst1 (For U.s. Only)

    Figure 3-119 TMST1 (for U.S. only) (S30810-Q2920-X) The lockout switch alerts the system software that the module will be removed so that no new calls are routed to the board. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-295 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 362 Flashing Loadware is being loaded. Board test completed successfully. Board is OK (idle state). Flashing At least one subscriber line circuit is activat- Board error Replace board. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-296 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 363 SU connector backplane TMST1 jack b-wire (ring), receive a-wire (tip), receive – – – b-wire (ring), transmit a-wire (tip), transmit – – – – – – – – – P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-297 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 364: Tms2 (Not For U.s.)

    Associated Signaling CAS protocol. Refer to the installation instructions, which are provided with each ECG cabinet, for information on the connection and power supply. For HiPath 3000 V1.0 and later, you can also use the new TMCAS board to support country- specific CAS protocols.
  • Page 365 SU connector Xx8B is used in board status 4 and lower, whereas SU connector Xx9 is used in board status 5 and higher. Note that the SU connector Xx9 was used in the old TMS2M board. > P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-299 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 366 H3 LED (see Figure 3-121): Reference clock display (clock is generated if this feature was ● configured using HiPath 3000 Manager E). – On: Reference clock for clock generator is created. – Off: No reference clock P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-300 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 367: Figure 3-122 S 2M Trunk Connection

    The delivery does not include a CABLU if the REAL board has been ordered or is already being used (the necessary CABLU is included in the delivery of the “ALUM using REAL” feature). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-301 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 368: Figure 3-124 S 2M - Nt Connection (Not For U.s.)

    – Length: 6 (not in Germany), 10 and 20 m – Color code (see Table 3-145) The wires in a wire pair may be interchanged. Figure 3-124 - NT Connection (Not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-302 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 369: Figure 3-125 S 2M Connection To Deutsche Telekom Nt (For Germany Only)

    – Length: 6 (not in Germany), 10 and 20 m – Color code (see Table 3-145) The wires in a wire pair may be interchanged. Figure 3-125 Connection to Deutsche Telekom NT (For Germany Only) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-303 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 370: Figure 3-126 S

    Fixed connection via public network (NT connection ac- cording to Figure 3-124) Cable S30267-Z57-Axxx 6 m (not Germany), 10 m and 20 m Figure 3-126 Networking Options (Not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-304 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 371: Tst1 (For U.s. Only)

    Rather than connecting to a main distribution frame (MDF), the TST1 connects to a channel service unit (CSU). The CSU supplies the required secondary protection. Interfaces To CO TST1 CUCR Figure 3-127 TST1 (For U.S. Only) (S30810-Q2919-X/S30810-K2919-Z) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-305 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 372 TST1 (For U.S. Only) - Contact Assignment Contact Contact b-wire (ring), receive a-wire (tip), transmit a-wire (tip), receive not connected not connected not connected b-wire (ring), transmit not connected P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-306 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 373: Ts2 (Not For U.s.), Ts2R (Not For U.s.)

    Path 3500 (19-inch housing) Implemented in V5.0 and later: ● In HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 and later, the B channels in the TS2 and TS2R boards > are subject to license. Consequently, the two boards below have been assigned a new hardware identification code. The new codes prevent the boards from be- ing used in earlier versions.
  • Page 374 TS2 (Not for U.S.) - Interfaces (S30810-Q2913-X100, -X300) TS2R interfaces TS2R interface: CUCR MW8 (RJ48C) ● jack (MW line) Figure 3-129 TS2R (Not for U.S.) - Interfaces (S30810-K2913-Z100, -Z300) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-308 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 375 Free Free Free b-wire (R), transmit a-wire (T), transmit An additional line must be provided from pins 1 and 2 on the X2 connector to NT1 for NT1 feeding. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-309 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 376: Figure 3-130 S 2M Trunk Connection

    There is a power limit of < 15 W for this voltage, which the system feeds over the CUC. TS2R board ● The NT1 power supply must come from an S30122-X7321-X (S30122-X7321-X100 with UPS operation) power supply unit. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-310 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 377: Figure 3-131 S 2M - Nt Connections For Spain And Portugal

    Cable 2 (2 units) = coaxial adapter cable, 30 cm: S30267-Z354-A3 TS2/TS2R upgrade kit for Portugal: L30252-U600-A190 ● containing the following: – Cable 3 (2 units) = Mini-coaxial cable, 10 cm: S30267-Z353-A1 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-311 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 378: 4Sla (Not For U.s.), 8Sla, 16Sla (Not For U.s.)

    4SLA (Not for U.S.), 8SLA - Interfaces (S30810-Q2923-X200, -X100) Table 3-150 4SLA (Not for U.S.), 8SLA Contact Assignments Contact X2 (T/R ports 1 to 4) X3 (T/R ports 5 to 8) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-312 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 379 16 The operating mode (short or long line with the appropriate flash times) can be set up for each subscriber line interface with HiPath 3000 Manager E (the menu settings: Set up station –> Sta- tion –> Param –> Flags).
  • Page 380 Range, see Section 2.6 ● Loop current detection > 10 mA ● Ground button detection > 20 mA ● The transmission method can be configured country-specifically by entering the country ● code. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-314 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 381: 8Slar

    (4-pin MW8 CUCR jacks) Port 8 Figure 3-134 8SLAR Interfaces (S30810-K2925-Z) Table 3-152 8SLAR Contact Assignments MW8 jack X2, pin T/R ports 1-4 MW8 Jack X2, pin T/R ports 5-8 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-315 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 382 Range, see Section 2.6 ● Loop current detection > 10 mA ● Ground button detection > 20 mA ● The transmission method can be configured country-specifically by entering the country ● code. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-316 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 383: Options

    X6 KX-X relay interface System From analog trunks Pins 1-8 To analog trunk board To analog stations To central control or analog station board Pins 9-16 Figure 3-135 ALUM4 - Function P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-317 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 384: Figure 3-136 Alum4 - Interfaces (S30817-Q935-A)

    BE4 to Stn. 4b BT4 to TLA b – – TA1 to SLA* a – – TB1 to SLA* b – – TA2 to SLA* a – – TB2 to SLA* b P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-318 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 385 X3 and X4 before the MDF. To the analog station ports on the CBCC (recommended) or to four consecutive ports on an 8SLA board. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-319 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 386 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 ALUM Relay Connector X6 K1-B K2-B BT1 (T1) Trunk board AT1 (R1) Station board K1-C K2-C Relay Connector Analog telephone Figure 3-137 ALUM4 - Basic Structure P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-320 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 387: Amom

    9 µm/125 S30807-K5480- 1300 nm X300 mono mode Maximum optical attenuation in an AMOM to AMOM connection: a reserve of 4 dB attenuation must be included for ageing and splicing. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-321 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 388 Data input on the optical fiber inter- Output face (front) Ground return path for the +5- Input/output V power supply +5 V +5-V power supply Input No other pins used. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-322 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 389: Ani4 (For Selected Countries Only)

    E or optiPoint 500 phones ap- pears. This means that the ANI4 has received system software activation for all four channels. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-323 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 390 FSK signal is sage is received. provided, but is not Bellcore- compliant on the customer side. This must be corrected by the service provider. Checksum is OK. – P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-324 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 391 (ring), trunk 3 a-wire (tip), trunk 3 a-wire (tip), trunk 4 b-wire (ring), trunk 4 b-wire (ring), trunk 4 a-wire (tip), trunk 4 – – GMZ= Call charging module assignment P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-325 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 392: Figure 3-140 Ani4 (For Selected Countries Only) - Installation Steps

    Connect the trunk slip-on connectors to the ANI4 (Figure 3-140: Figure 3). Restart the system by reconnecting the power plug. Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Pin 1 Pin 1 Figure 3-140 ANI4 (For Selected Countries Only) - Installation Steps P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-326 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 393: Ani4R (For Selected Countries Only)

    8 (slots 6 and 8 not available with HiPath 3300). Interfaces To OPALR, or previous option TMGL4R X3 (10-pin MW10 jack) ANI4R Board side Figure 3-141 ANI4R (for selected countries only) (S30807-Q6917-Z103) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-327 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 394 (ring), trunk 3 b-wire (ring), trunk 1 a-wire (tip), trunk 4 a-wire (tip), trunk 2 b-wire (ring), trunk 4 b-wire (ring), trunk 2 Call charging module assignment (GMZ) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-328 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 395: Announcement And Music Modules

    Place the central control board on a flat surface before inserting a subboard. Other- wise you may damage the board. Introduction The HiPath 3000 systems use different modules or boards for playing announcements and mu- sic on hold. For details on connecting these boards, refer to the manufacturer’s installation in- structions.
  • Page 396 Notes on displaying options You can use HiPath 3000 Manager E to display the presence of options. The presence of MPPI or UAM (HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 only) is displayed as “Option 5”. The ALUM4 module cannot be displayed.
  • Page 397 Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Connection of EXMR Front panel of the system EXMR Cinch jack (component side) Cable C39195-Z7001-C79 Figure 3-143 EXMR Connection to HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-331 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 398: Evm

    ● four Auto Attendant mailboxes. ● Information on administering HiPath Entry Voice Mail for HiPath 3000 can be found in the Hi- Path 3000 Manager E Help. Caution If using a different voicemail application (such as HiPath Xpressions Compact), the EVM voice mail ports must be deactivated.

  • Page 399: Figure 3-144 Evm (S30807-Q6945-X) - Interfaces

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Options Interfaces Spacing bolts 26-pin socket strip X1 (not used for HiPath 3000) Figure 3-144 EVM (S30807-Q6945-X) - Interfaces P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-333 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 400: Exmna (For U.s. Only)

    Expert mode code 22 11 allows you to choose between music on, music off, ring tone, or music on unscreened transfer. If the EXMNA module is connected, you must select Music on using Assistant T or HiPath 3000 Manager E. The module is operational as soon as it is plugged in. Interfaces...
  • Page 401 EXMNA (for U.S. only) - Contact Assignments Contact Connector X1 Connector X2 Input Not assigned Input Not assigned Not assigned EXMCL Not assigned EXMDIR HRES EXMD EXMDET +5 V Not assigned P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-335 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 402: Gee8 (Not For U.s)

    Switch for setting the level per circuit On = – 24 dBm ● Off = – 10 dBm ● Switch on GEE8 On 1 Figure 3-147 GEE8 (Not for U.S.) (S30817-Q664-xxxx) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-336 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 403: Gee12 (Nor For U.s.), Gee16 (Not For U.s.), Gee50 (Not For U.s.)

    The call charge detection channel is looped in the trunk and then routed to the TLA Interfaces CB side to the TLA GEE module To CO Board side Figure 3-148 GEE12, GEE16, GEE50 (Not for U.S.) - Interfaces (S30817-Q951-Axxx) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-337 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 404 CO 4 (AL4) CO 4 (BN 4) CO 4 (BL4) CO 4 (AN 4) – Call charging module as- – signment * for GEE 50 in France; otherwise free P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-338 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 405: Hope (For U.s. Only)

    The HOPE board does not identify itself to the system and is therefore not visible in > the HiPath 3000 Manager E card map. When expanding a system (such as HiPath 3350 or HiPath 3550), ensure that a free slot is available.
  • Page 406 The card ejector ejects the software cards from the PMCIA slot ● Installation, servicing, and connectivity For information on installing, connecting, and servicing the HOPE board, refer to the Hicom Of- fice PhoneMail Entry Installation and System Administration Guide. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-340 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 407: Opal And Opalr

    OPALR (Options Adapter Cable Long Rack) C39195-A7001-B142 (Figure 3-151) - for use ● in HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-inch housing). OPAL interfaces Option board connection Ribbon cable folded and secured CBCC/CBCP interface Figure 3-150 OPAL (C39195-A7001-B130) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-341 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 408: Figure 3-151 Opalr (C39195-A7001-B142)

    Boards for HiPath 3000 Options OPALR interface Option board connection CBRC interface Figure 3-151 OPALR (C39195-A7001-B142) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-342 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 409: Pft1 (Not For U.s.), Pft4 (Not For U.s.)

    ALUM using PFT1/PFT4 TRUNK Trunk circuit Analog station board (optional) Analog telephone Figure 3-152 ALUM Using PFT1/PFT4 (Not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-343 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 410: Figure 3-153 Installation Location Of Pft1 And Pft4 (Mdfu/Mdfu-E)

    Wire PFT1 or PFT4 into the MDFU or MDFU-E. The boards require -48 V. For the assignments of both boards, see Figure 3-154. 2 x PFT1 1 x PFT4 System side Line network Figure 3-153 Installation Location of PFT1 and PFT4 (MDFU/MDFU-E) (Not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-344 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 411 TMA, TMB = Trunk circuit A, B = a, b (Telephone company) SMA, SMB = SLA board SLA, SLB = Analog telephone - 48 Figure 3-154 PFT1 (S30777-Q539-X) and PFT4 (S30777-Q540-X) Board Assignment P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-345 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 412: Real

    If the power supply voltage returns after an interruption and a trunk call is in progress, ac- tivation of the trunk failure transfer relay is prevented (by optocoupler). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-346 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 413: Figure 3-155 Installation Location Of The Real Board

    It is connected to the MDFU or MDFU-E or the patch panel using an SU cable connector X06. UPSM REAL with connection cable Figure 3-155 Installation Location of the REAL Board P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-347 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 414 17 + 37 (GND = pins 27 + 48) 15 W if no REAL is available. MDFU Figure 3-156 REAL - Relay Contacts (De-Energized) and MDFU Interfaces P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-348 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 415: Table 3-163 Real - Cable And Connector Assignment

    RK3, opener ora/blk AK3, closer blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn RK4, opener brn/blk AK4, closer blk/gry – 48 V (15 W max.) gry/blk – 48 V (15 W max.) yel/blu blu/yel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-349 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 416: Reals

    Two –48-V lines fused using a PTC resistor are available for external applications. Signals are picked up via MDFU-E (Table 3-164: M48VF1 / 0V_F and M48VF2 / 0V_F). Each trunk has a maximum load capacity of 300 mA. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-350 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 417: Figure 3-157 Reals (S30807-Q6629-X)

    Signals are picked up via SIVAPAC connec- tor X116 on the backplane. Removal tab You can insert a screwdriver here to remove REALS from the shelf. Figure 3-157 REALS (S30807-Q6629-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-351 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 418: Figure 3-158 Reals Slots In The Basic Cabinet (With Outer Panel Mounted)

    REALS Slots in the Basic Cabinet (With Outer Panel Mounted) Cable and connector assignment Table 3-164 shows the assignment of the SIVAPAC connector X116 on the backplane and the assignment of the jumper strip in the MDFU-E. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-352 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 419: Table 3-164 Reals - Sivapac Connector Assignment On The Backplane

    PFTALA ALUM: Trunk red/gry PFTALB gry/red – blk/blu – blu/blk blk/ora – ora/blk – blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk yel/blu PFTTSB ALUM: Subscriber line module blu/yel PFTTSA P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-353 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 420 Pair REALS MDFU-E Notes (Tip) (Ring) tor X116 yel/ora – ora/yel yel/grn grn/yel – yel/brn – brn/yel yel/gry gry/yel vio/blu blu/vio vio/ora ora/vio vio/grn grn/vio – vio/brn – brn/vio P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-354 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 421: Stbg4 (For France Only)

    AN 1 AL 2 BL 2 BL 2 AN 2 AL 3 BL 3 BL 3 AN 3 AL 4 BL 4 BL 4 AN 4 – Not used – P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-355 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 422: Strb, Strbr

    For the manual relay on/off function and door opener, you must enter the desired switching time (expert mode code 26 2). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-356 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 423 The STRB or STRBR interface is an SELV (Safety Extra-Low Voltage Circuit) inter- face, as defined by IEC 60950. Do not connect any circuits whose voltages exceed the following limit values: Maximum: 30 Vac (42 V ) or 60 Vdc. peak P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-357 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 424 Relay K1.11 K1.12 K1.13 +12 V +12 VI Short the wires to activate the sensor. OPTKP1 Sensor To system Figure 3-162 STRB and STRBR Board Relay and Sensor Functions P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-358 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 425: Table 3-166 Strb Contact Assignments

    +12VI +12-V control voltage optocoupler K 4.11 Relay contact K4.1 (common) K 4.12 Relay contact K4.1 (NO) K 4.13 Relay contact K4.1 (NC) K 3.11 Relay contact K3.1 (common) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-359 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 426 Relay contact K200 (NC) 2 ACT1-1M Relay contact K200 (common) 1 ACT1-1B Relay contact K200 (NO) 1 ACT1-1A Relay contact K200 (NC) 1 P12VI + 12-V optocoupler 1 SENSE1 Control input optocoupler 1 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-360 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 427: V24/1 (Not For U.s.)

    To CBCC/CBCP (X7) via ribbon cable Component side shown 25-pin Sub-D jack Figure 3-163 V24/1 (Not for U.S.) (S30807-Q6916-X100) Figure 3-164 HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 - V.24 Connections P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-361 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 428 V.24 (RS-232) Connector Assignment, HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 Table 3-168 Pin Assignments of the V.24 Socket X2 Connector X2 Signal 12000 - 12100 No other pins in connector X2 are used. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-362 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 429: Adapter

    3.4.18 V.24 Adapter The V.24 adapter is required as an adapter between the 25-pin connector on the cable (C39195-Z7267-C13) and a 9-pin jack for connection to the V.24 interface on all HiPath 3000 V1.2 (or later) systems. V.24 adapter assignment Table 3-169 V.24 Adapter Assignment (C39334-Z7080-C2)

  • Page 430: V.24 Cable

    Data Carrier Detect Receive Data Transmit Data Data Terminal Ready Data Send Ready Request To Send Clear To Send Ground Ring Indicator Shield Figure 3-166 V.24 Cable Assignment (C30267-Z355-A25) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 3-364 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 431: Installing Hipath 3000

    ● Performing a Visual Inspection, page 4-162 ● Installing HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500, and HiPath 3300, page 4-163 Installation Prerequisites, page 4-163 ● Installation Procedure, page 4-164 ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 432 Installing HiPath 3000 Overview Topic Installing HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350, page 4-165 ● Installing HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 (19-Inch Housing), page 4-186 ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 433 Telephone test set for analog interfaces – Not for U.S.: ISDN tester (such as K3000 or Aurora) Duet Expert, Remote – For U.S. only: Aurora , Aurora Aurora or similar, ISDN protocol analyzer P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 434: Installing Hipath 3800

    Loading the System Software and Installing Subboards on the CBSAP, page 4-79 Connecting Workpoint Clients, page 4-80 Making Trunk and Networking Connections, page 4-80 Performing a Visual Inspection, page 4-81 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 435: Installing Hipath 3800 (Standalone)

    Ensure the availability of a power source that meets the requirements described in ● Section 4.2.3.1.1. Ensure that Siemens equipment is 40 in. (101.6 cm) from other electrical equipment. The ● National Electrical Code (NEC) requires 36 in. (91.44 cm) of clearance in front of electrical equipment and 40 in.

  • Page 436: For U.s. Only: Ac Outlet

    A warning should be attached to the circuit breaker to prevent accidental removal of power. ● An independent electric circuit with an isolated ground conductor should be used. ● The system must be properly grounded before startup (see description in Section 4.2.3.4). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 437: Unpacking The Components

    Determine whether any damage has occurred during transport and report it to the proper departments. Dispose of the packing materials properly. Caution Only use tools and equipment that are in perfect condition. Do not use equipment with visible damage. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 438: Setting Up The System Cabinets

    4.2.3.3.1 Overview System configurations The following setup options are possible for system cabinets: Single cabinet ● Two cabinets (stacked) ● Two cabinets (side by side) ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 439: Setting Up A Single Cabinet

    Fix the cabinet foot in position by tightening the lock nut (Figure 4-1, A). ● Basic cabinet setup ≥ 50 mm Figure 4-1 HiPath 3800 - Setting Up the Basic Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 440: Stacking Two Cabinets

    Check that the space between the base of the basic cabinet and the ground is at least 50 mm. If necessary, set up the expansion cabinet as described in Step 3. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-10 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 441: Figure 4-2 Hipath 3800 - Positioning The Cabinet Feet

    Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Positioning the cabinet feet Figure 4-2 HiPath 3800 - Positioning the Cabinet Feet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-11 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 442: Figure 4-3 Hipath 3800 - Installing A Stacked Two-Cabinet System

    Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Installing a stacked two-cabinet system ≥ 50 mm ≥ 50 mm Figure 4-3 HiPath 3800 - Installing a Stacked Two-Cabinet System (Rear View) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-12 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 443: Setting Up A Two-Cabinet System Side By Side

    Check that the space between the base of the expansion cabinet and the ground is at least 50 mm. If necessary, set up the expansion cabinet as described in Step 3 ensuring that both cabinets are at exactly the same level. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-13 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 444: Figure 4-4 Hipath 3800 - Installing A Two-Cabinet System Side By Side

    Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Installing a Two-Cabinet System Side by Side ≥ 50 mm Figure 4-4 HiPath 3800 - Installing a Two-Cabinet System Side by Side (Rear View) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-14 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 445: Grounding The System

    If the building floor plan does not permit this, you may need a line driver to isolate the external devices in the event of a malfunction. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-15 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 446 - central heating system - drain channels - ground conductor for antenna system Figure 4-5 HiPath 3800 - Grounding the System Cabinets and Main Distribution Frame (nor for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-16 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 447 Grounding option 1b L1 N PE Grounding outlets 230 V ~ HiPath 3800 Example Connector Main grounding socket terminal green/yellow Figure 4-7 HiPath 3800 - Grounding Option 1b (not for USA) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-17 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 448: For U.s. Only: Grounding The System

    The minimum cross-section required is 12 AWG. Figure 4-8 shows the safety conductor connectors for the basic cabinet. An expansion cabinet requires a separate earth ground. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-18 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 449: Figure 4-8 Hipath 3800 - Earth Ground Connection (For U.s. Only)

    Figure 4-8 HiPath 3800 - Earth ground connection (for U.S. only) Grounding the Main Distribution Frame Mount and ground the MDF in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-19 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 450: Checking The Grounding

    < 1 ohm tem parts (basic cabinet, expansion cabinet, main distri- bution frame). Prerequisite: HiPath 3800 is not yet connected to the low-voltage net- work via the power cable. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-20 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 451: Installing Hipath 3800 (19-Inch Cabinet)

    If inactive components (e.g. patch panel) are involved, the basic cabinet can also be installed above them. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-21 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 452: Figure 4-9 Hipath 3800 - System Cabinet With Plastic Cover

    Systems covered with condensation must be dried before being used. Observe the environmental conditions specified in Section 2.9. ● Information on the design of the HiPath 3800 can be found in Section 2.2.2.1. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-22 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 453: Figure 4-10 Hipath 3800 - Installation Examples In The 19-Inch Cabinet

    Examples of a 19-inch cabinet height of 1.92 m with 37 height units Patch Panel HiPath 3800 Expansion cabi- Patch Panel HiPath 3800 HiPath 3800 Basic cabinet Basic cabinet Figure 4-10 HiPath 3800 - Installation Examples in the 19-Inch Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-23 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 454: For U.s. Only: Ac Outlet

    Determine whether any damage has occurred during transport and report it to the proper departments. Dispose of the packing materials properly. Caution Only use tools and equipment that are in perfect condition. Do not use equipment with visible damage. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-24 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 455: Mounting System Cabinets In The 19-Inch Cabinet

    A minimum clearance of three height units must be maintained between two ● stacked system cabinets. A minimum clearance of one free height unit above a system cabinet is sufficient if a patch panel is to be installed, for example. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-25 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 456: Figure 4-11 Hipath 3800 - Removing Cabinet Feet

    Repeat steps 1 to 5 if you want to install an expansion cabinet. Figure 4-11 HiPath 3800 - Removing Cabinet Feet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-26 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 457: Figure 4-12 Hipath 3800 - Installing System Cabinets In 19-Inch Cabinet

    Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Installation in the 19-inch cabinet Figure 4-12 HiPath 3800 - Installing System Cabinets in 19-Inch Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-27 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 458: Grounding The System

    The 19-inch cabinet’s potential equalization bus may only be used if it is grounded by a separate ground conductor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in electrical shock. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-28 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 459 Min. cross-section ≥ 2.5 mm Min. cross-section ≥ 2.5 mm Potential equalization bus, in 19" cabinet for example Figure 4-13 HiPath 3800- Grounding the Systems and Patch Panels in a 19-Inch Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-29 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 460: Checking The Grounding

    Check the ohmic resistance between the individual sys- < 1 ohm tem parts (basic cabinet, expansion cabinet, patch pan- el). Prerequisite: HiPath 3800 is not yet connected to the low-voltage net- work via the power cable. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-30 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 461: Installing Boards (Configuration Notes)

    The central control board CBSAP has a fixed slot (slot 6, only in the basic cabinet BC). Depending on your requirements, up to three LUNA2 power supply units can be used in the basic cabinet BC and up to four in the expansion cabinet EC. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-31 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 462: Figure 4-14 Hipath 3800 - Board Slots In The Basic Cabinet

    Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Figure 4-14 HiPath 3800 - Board Slots in the Basic Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-32 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 463: Figure 4-15 Hipath 3800 - Board Slots In The Expansion Cabinet

    Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Figure 4-15 HiPath 3800 - Board Slots in the Expansion Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-33 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 464: Inserting Or Removing Boards

    Insert the tip of the board wrench marked “Plug In” into the bottom opening in the front cover of the board. Lever the board into the shelf of the cabinet by pushing the board wrench up- wards (Figure 4-16, right). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-34 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 465: Figure 4-16 Hipath 3800 - Removing/Inserting The Board Using The Board

    Then push the shielding cover in the direction of the board until it locks into position (refer to Figure 4-17). Empty board slots must also be covered with shielding covers. Figure 4-17 Installing the Board Shielding Cover P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-35 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 466: Figure 4-18 Hipath 3800 - Installing The Luna2 Power Supply Unit

    The slots for the power supply units must be covered with an outer panel before the system is started up. The outer panel is fixed onto the shelf with screws (see Figure 4-19 and Figure 4-20). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-36 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 467: Figure 4-19 Hipath 3800 - Slots For Luna2 And Reals In The Basic

    HiPath 3800 - Slots for LUNA2 and REALS in the Basic Cabinet (With Out- er Panel Mounted) Fixing screws Figure 4-20 HiPath 3800 - Slots for LUNA2 in the Expansion Cabinet (With Outer Panel Mounted) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-37 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 468: Figure 4-21 Hipath 3800 - Installing The Reals Board

    The slots for the power supply units and for the REALS board must be covered with an out- er panel before the system is started up. The outer panel is fixed onto the shelf with screws (see Figure 4-19). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-38 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 469: Mounting Connector Panels (If Required)

    (see SLMO2 Section 4.2.6.6) SLMO8 STMD3 TM2LP TMC16 TMDID different or no as- Use filler panels to cover the backplane sections of signment other boards and empty board slots. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-39 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 470 SLMO2 SLMO8 STMD3 TM2LP TMC16 TMDID different or no as- Use filler panels to cover the backplane sections of signment other boards and empty board slots. For U.S. only P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-40 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 471: Installing The Sivapac-Sipac Board Adapter

    The SIVAPAC-SIPAC board adapter consists of three individual parts (refer to Figure 4-22): two adapter modules ● one startup module ● Adapter modules Startup module Component side board Figure 4-22 SIVAPAC-SIPAC Board Adapter P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-41 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 472: Figure 4-23 Installing The Sivapac-Sipac Board Adapter

    Repeat steps 2 to 5 to install the second adapter module. Plug the startup module (Figure 4-23, C,) into the hotplug connector on the board. Figure 4-23 Installing the SIVAPAC-SIPAC Board Adapter P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-42 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 473: Figure 4-24 Replacing The Board Lock

    To ensure that these boards can still snap into place in spite of the board adapter, the upper black lock must be replaced with a gray lock. Black and gray board locks Remove the black lock Figure 4-24 Replacing the Board Lock P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-43 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 474: Initializing The Boards

    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Basic cabinet 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Figure 4-25 HiPath 3800 - Initialization of Subscriber Line Circuits and Ports P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-44 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 475: Distribution Of The Pcm Highway

    With the exception of boards DIUN2, DIU2U (for U.S. only), IVMNL, IVMN8 and STMI2, the peripheral boards only use the PCM highways of bundle A: – PCM segment for board slots 1 – 5 = 128 time-division multiplex channels (four PCM highways) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-45 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 476: Figure 4-27 Hipath 3800 - Pcm Highways In The Expansion Cabinet

    PCM segment for board slots 1 – 6 = 128 time-division multiplex channels (four PCM high- ● ways) PCM segment for board slots 8 – 14 = 128 time-division multiplex channels (four PCM high- ● ways) PCM highway bundle F is not used. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-46 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 477: Table 4-4 Maximum Number Of Time-Division Multiplex Channels Required

    The current number of time-division multiplex channels required is determined by the number of active stations. The maximum number of masters and slaves possible is taken into consideration. PDMX is not currently released. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-47 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 478: Static Traffic Capacity

    1 – 5 and for slots 7 – 10 for these boards in the basic cabinet. If HiPath 3800 is used as a two-cabinet system, a use of PCM highway bundle F is not possible. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-48 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 479: Connecting The Cable To The Backplane

    (for example, potential equalization bus). The system may only be started (connected to the power supply) if all system cabi- nets are sealed at the rear with the connection and filler panels provided. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-49 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 480: Backplane Of The Basic Cabinet

    4.2.6.1 Backplane of the Basic Cabinet 9 SIVAPAC connec- tor for peripherals 68-pin DB68 mini- jack (connection to Figure 4-28 HiPath 3800 - Backplane (S30804-Q5392-X) of the Basic Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-50 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 481: Figure 4-29 Hipath 3800 - Connectors And Jacks On The Backplane Of The

    Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 X211 Figure 4-29 HiPath 3800 - Connectors and Jacks on the Backplane of the Basic Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-51 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 482: Table 4-6 Hipath 3800 - Assignment Of Connectors And Jacks On The

    S30267-Z196-A950: 95 m in length ● X201 68-pin DB68 mini-jack for connecting the cable C39195-Z7611-A10 to the ex- pansion cabinet (for the DBSAP board) X209 DC port X211, X212 AC power P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-52 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 483: Expansion Cabinet Backplane

    Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 4.2.6.2 Expansion Cabinet Backplane Figure 4-30 HiPath 3800 - Expansion Cabinet Backplane (S30804-Q5393-X) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-53 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 484: Figure 4-31 Hipath 3800 - Connectors And Jacks On The Backplane Of The

    Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Figure 4-31 HiPath 3800 - Connectors and Jacks on the Backplane of the Expansion Cab- inet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-54 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 485: Connecting Cables Between The Basic And Expansion Cabinet

    Basic cabinet = X201 jack ● Expansion cabinet = DBSAP board ● To ensure smooth operation, use only shielded cables with a maximum length of > 1 m. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-55 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 486: Connecting Peripherals To The Sivapac Connector On The Backplane

    S30267-Z196-A150: 15 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A250: 25 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A350: 35 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A550: 55 m in length ● S30267-Z196-A950: 95 m in length ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-56 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 487 After the cable has been connected, the backplane of the basic cabinet and that of > the expansion cabinet (if applicable) must be closed with the dummy panels provid- ed (C39165-A7075-C44). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-57 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 488: Figure 4-32 Hipath 3800 - Backplane Of The Basic Cabinet With Mounted

    Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3800 Figure 4-32 HiPath 3800 - Backplane of the Basic Cabinet with Mounted Filler Panels P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-58 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 489: Connecting Peripherals To The Connector Panels With Rj45 Jacks

    Connector panel with eight RJ45 jacks: S30807-Q6624-X STMD3 The RJ45 jacks are configured with four wires. S stations can be directly connected (1:1 cable). The receive and send lines should be switched for trunk connections. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-59 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 490 The backplane sections of other boards and empty board slots must be cov- assignment ered with filler panels. For U.S. only Information on cable and connector assignment is provided in the board descriptions in Chapter 3. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-60 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 491: For U.s. Only: Connecting Peripherals To The Connector Panels With

    No assignment The backplane sections with empty board slots must be covered with filler panels. Information on cable and connector assignment is provided in the board descriptions in Chapter 3. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-61 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 492: Connecting Peripherals To The Connector Panels With

    MDFU-E or an external patch panel. See also Section 4.2.7, “Using an External Main Distribu- tion Frame or External Patch Panel”. In special cases where the prefabricated CABLUs cannot be used, open-end cables should be used. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-62 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 493 The backplane sections of other boards and empty board slots must be cov- assignment ered with filler panels. For U.S. only Information on cable and connector assignment is provided in the board descriptions in Chapter 3. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-63 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 494: Using An External Main Distribution Frame Or External Patch Panel

    This section contains information on the following external components: Main distribution frame MDFU-E, Section 4.2.7.1 ● Patch panel S30807-K6143-X, Section 4.2.7.2 ● patch panel C39104-Z7001-B3, Section 4.2.7.3 ● For U.S. only: Connecting Network Facilities, Section 4.2.7.4 ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-64 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 495: Using An External Main Distribution Frame Mdfu-E S30805-U5283-X

    MDFU-E - Layout and Dimensions (669.0 x 328.8 x 125.4 mm) Not more than 21 CABLUs per MDFU-E with one 16-TW strip or 25-TW strip (9 x 30 mm) can be implemented. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-65 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 496: Mounting The Main Distribution Frame (Mdfu-E)

    (outside stations) ● lines > 500 m long. ● Connect the polarized surge protectors to the plugging locations on the splitting strip described above (see Figure 4-38). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-66 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 497: Figure 4-37 Assignment (Numbering) Of The Splitting/Jumper Strips

    1 ... Splitting strip for 16 TW (C39334-A166-A1) No. 25 not used Jumper strip for 25 TW (C39334-A166-A3) Figure 4-37 Assignment (Numbering) of the Splitting/Jumper Strips (view from above) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-67 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 498 Stripped length = 910 ± 5 mm for MDFU-E slots 1 to 10 Velcro tape (19 mm wide) Bundle fastener Figure 4-38 Stripping an Open-End Cable for the MDFU-E P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-68 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 499 Note: In the case of cables with 16 double wires, the specifications for pairs 17 to 24 are gry/red not relevant. blk/blu blu/blk blk/ora ora/blk blk/grn grn/blk blk/brn brn/blk blk/gry gry/blk P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-69 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 500: Inserting The External Patch Panel S30807K6143-X

    MW8 jack assignment: 4 = a-wire 5 = b-wire Necessary height units for 19-inch cabinet assembly: 1 (one height unit corresponds to approx. 1.7’’=43 mm) Figure 4-39 Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-70 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 501: Installing The Patch Panel In A 19-Inch Cabinet

    Insert the patch panel (A, in Figure 4-40) above the system cabinet and secure it to the 19-inch frame on both the left and the right using two screws on each side. Figure 4-40 Installing the External Patch Panel in the 19-Inch Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-71 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 502: Connecting The Line Network To The External Patch Panel

    Board with 16 ports Board with 24 ports Example 3 Board with 16 ports Board with 24 ports Figure 4-41 Layout of the Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X for Different Peripheral Boards P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-72 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 503 Direct connector jumpering on the X12/X13 connector. Bridges are not necessary in ● this case. X12, X14 X13, X15 Figure 4-42 Assignment of Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-73 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 504: Inserting External S Patch Panel C39104-Z7001-B3

    All incoming cables must be attached to the patch panel using cable ties. > 3 x 8 MW8 jacks Necessary height units for 19-inch cabinet assembly: 1 (one height unit corresponds to approx. 1.7’’=43 mm) Figure 4-43 Patch Panel C39104-Z7001-B3 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-74 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 505: Installing The S

    (A, in Figure 4-44) above a system cabinet and secure it to the 19- inch frame on both the left and the right using two screws (B) on each side. Figure 4-44 Installing the External S Patch Panel in the 19-Inch Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-75 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 506: Connecting Lines To The External S Patch Panel

    8 7 6 3 2 1 4 5 Pin assignment of MW8 jacks Twist the wire pairs before laying them. Figure 4-46 Laying Wire Pairs at the S Patch Panel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-76 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 507 Stripped length = 600 mm ± 5 mm Figure 4-47 Stripping the Open-End Cable for the S Patch Panel The color codes for open-end cables are provided in Table 4-8. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-77 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 508: For U.s. Only: Connecting Network Facilities

    SLMA / SLMA8 ● TMC16 ● TMDID ● TMEW2 ● TM2LP ● * When this module is connected to the public network, secondary protection must be provided by the CSU. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-78 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 509: Loading The System Software And Installing Subboards On The Cbsap

    Place the central control board on a flat surface before installing subboards. The spacing bolts supplied guarantee the correct insertion of the subboard, so you should always mount them (see Figure 3-6). Otherwise you may damage the board. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-79 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 510: Connecting Workpoint Clients

    DIUN2 (S ● STMD3 (S ● STMI2 (IP) ● TM2LP (MSI) ● TMEW2 (E&M) ● DIU2U (For U.S. Only) ● TMC16 (U.S. Only) ● TMDID (for U.S. only) ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-80 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 511: Performing A Visual Inspection

    Check whether all system Get additional connection and filler cabinets have been sealed panels where required. at the rear with the connec- tion and filler panels provid- P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-81 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 512 After finishing the visual inspection, you can begin starting up the HiPath 3800 as > described in Chapter 5. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-82 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 513: Installing Hipath 3750, Hipath 3700

    Telephone test set for analog interfaces – Not for U.S.: ISDN tester (such as K3000 or Aurora) Duet Expert, Remote – For U.S. only: Aurora , Aurora Aurora or similar, ISDN protocol analyzer P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-83 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 514: Installation Procedure

    4-122 Loading the System Software and Installing Subboards on the CBCPR, page 4-151 Configuration notes, page 4-152 (cabinet(s) are already equipped with the boards) Connecting Workpoint Clients, page 4-161 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-84 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 515 HiPath 3750, HiPath 3700 - System Installation Procedure Step Installation Activity Installing HiPath 3750 Installing HiPath 3700 (19-Inch Cabi- net) Making trunk connections, page 4-161 Performing a Visual Inspection, page 4-162 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-85 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 516 ● board configuration ● final visual inspection ● applies to both HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 and is described starting in Section 4.3.5. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-86 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 517: Selecting The Installation Site

    Ensure the availability of a power source that meets the requirements described in ● Section 4.3.3.1.1. Ensure that Siemens equipment is 40 in. (101.6 cm) from other electrical equipment. The ● National Electrical Code (NEC) requires 36 in. (91.44 cm) of clearance in front of electrical equipment and 40 in.

  • Page 518: For U.s. Only: Ac Outlet

    A warning should be attached to the circuit breaker to prevent accidental removal of power. ● An independent electric circuit with an isolated ground conductor should be used. ● The system must be properly grounded before startup (see description in Section 4.3.3.5). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-88 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 519: Unpacking The Components

    Determine whether any damage has occurred during transport and report it to the proper departments. Dispose of the packing materials properly. Caution Only use tools and equipment that are in perfect condition. Do not use equipment with visible damage. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-89 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 520: Install Mdfu Or Mdfu-E (Not For Usa)

    Insert the wall anchors and screw in the screws, leaving 5 mm projecting. Remove the housing cover. Attach the main distributor frame to the brackets and remove the packing protection covering. Tighten the screws through the holes. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-90 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 521: Setting Up The System Cabinets

    Two cabinets stacked on a horizontal surface Two cabinets stacked on a wall (for U.S. only) Two cabinets side-by-side on a horizontal surface Three cabinets on a horizontal surface (two stacked) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-91 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 522: Removing The Cabinet Covers

    Then insert the screwdriver in the second recess (3), loosen its snap fastener. Mounting the cover Cabinet Figure 4-48 HiPath 3750 - Removing the Front and Rear Covers P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-92 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 523: Setting Up A Single Cabinet

    Keyed holes Latch Swing-out component Figure 4-49 HiPath 3750 - Wall-Mount Kit (for U.S. only) Procedure Step Activity Install a plywood backboard at least 0.75 in. (19.05 mm) thick. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-93 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 524: Figure 4-50 Hipath 3750 Mounting A One-Cabinet System On The Wall

    Do not fasten power cords to building surfaces when mounting cabinets on the wall. Wall Mounting (One-Cabinet System) Figure 4-50 HiPath 3750 Mounting a One-Cabinet System on the Wall (for U.S. only) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-94 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 525: Stacking Two Cabinets

    Additional information can be found in Section 4.3.3.4.9. Take note that the bolts and inserts included in the seismic anchor kit are designed for concrete floors. Bolts for other surfaces must be requested or supplied separate- P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-95 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 526: Figure 4-51 Hipath 3750 - Installing A Two-Cabinet System (Stacked)

    EC1 and the top of the BC with a pair of diagonal cutting pliers and break them out with a pair of flat-nosed pliers. Caution Be careful when breaking out the recesses. Remove any sharp edges and corners. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-96 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 527: Figure 4-52 Hipath 3750 - Mounting The Stabilizer Feet

    Continue installing the system. Mounting the stabilizer feet Figure 4-52 HiPath 3750 - Mounting the Stabilizer Feet (Three-Cabinet System Shown) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-97 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 528: For U.s. Only: Mounting Two Cabinets Stacked On The Wall

    Use the keyed holes in the top of the bracket and the round hole in the bottom of the bracket. Install the screws in the top two holes for each bracket, tightening them until 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) is protruding. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-98 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 529: Figure 4-54 Hipath 3750 Wall Mounting For A Stacked Two-Cabinet System

    Do not fasten power cords to building surfaces when mounting cabinets on the wall. Wall Mounting (Stacked Two-cabinet System) Figure 4-54 HiPath 3750 Wall Mounting for a Stacked Two-Cabinet System (for U.S. only) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-99 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 530 EC1 and the top of the BC with a pair of diagonal cutting pliers and break them out with a pair of flat-nosed pliers. Warning Be careful when breaking out the recesses. Remove any sharp edges and corners. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-100 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 531: Setting Up A Two-Cabinet System Side By Side

    HiPath 3750 - Installing a Two-Cabinet System (Side By Side) Laying the Connecting Cables To lay the connection cables between the cabinets, first remove the lower grills in the rear cov- ers. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-101 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 532: Setting Up A Stacked Three-Cabinet System

    Additional information can be found in Section 4.3.3.4.9. Take note that the bolts and inserts included in the seismic anchor kit are designed for concrete floors. Bolts for other surfaces must be requested or supplied separate- P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-102 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 533: Figure 4-56 Hipath 3750 - Installing A Three-Cabinet System (Stacked)

    EC1 and the top of the BC with a pair of diagonal cutting pliers and break them out with a pair of flat-nosed pliers. Caution Be careful when breaking out the recesses. Remove any sharp edges and corners. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-103 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 534: For U.s. Only: Installing The Seismic Anchors

    Bolt the anchor to the floor using the holes provided. The anchor for the back of the cabinets is wider to provide space for cables. Seismic Anchoring Front Back Figure 4-57 HiPath 3750 Seismic Anchors (for U.S. only) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-104 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 535: Figure 4-58 Hipath 3750 Seismic Anchoring For Multiple Cabinets

    Installing HiPath 3000 Installing HiPath 3750, HiPath 3700 Seismic Anchors for Multiple Cabinets Figure 4-58 HiPath 3750 Seismic Anchoring for Multiple Cabinets (Front View) (for U.S. only) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-105 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 536: Grounding The System

    If the building floor plan does not permit this, you may need a line driver to isolate the external devices in the event of a malfunction. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-106 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 537 - central heating system - drain channels - ground conductor for antenna system Figure 4-59 HiPath 3750 - Grounding the System Cabinets and Main Distribution Frame (not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-107 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 538 HiPath 3750 - Grounding Option 1a (not for USA) Grounding option 1b L1 N PE Grounding outlets 230 V ~ HiPath 3750 Example Connector socket green/yellow Figure 4-61 HiPath 3750 - Grounding Option 1b (not for USA) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-108 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 539: For U.s. Only: Grounding The System

    If two system cabinets are mounted on the wall, a separate grounding connector is also re- quired for the expansion cabinet. Do not use the metal connecting plates on wall-mounted sys- tems. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-109 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 540: Figure 4-62 Hipath 3750 - Grounding Connector For Basic Cabinet

    Figure 4-62 HiPath 3750 - Grounding connector for Basic Cabinet (for U.S. only) Grounding the Main Distribution Frame Mount and ground the MDF in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-110 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 541: Checking The Grounding

    < 1 ohm tem parts (basic cabinet, expansion cabinets, main dis- tribution frame). Prerequisite: HiPath 3750 is not yet connected to the low-voltage net- work via the power cable. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-111 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 542: Connecting The Cable To The Backplane

    The “8-slot” basic cabinet has seven slots, while the expansion cabinets each have > eight slots for peripheral boards. Backplane on the “8-slot” basic cabinet CBCPR UPSM REAL only) Figure 4-63 HiPath 3750 - Backplane on the “8-Slot” Basic Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-112 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 543: Figure 4-64 Hipath 3750 - Backplane On The "8-Slot" Expansion Cabinets

    Cable connector to BC: X13 Cable connector to EC2: X14 Cable connector to BC: X12 Cable connector to BC: X14 X28 - X88 1 SU connector each (16 TW) to MDFU or MDFU-E P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-113 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 544 Connect BC to EC1 = 2 cables (S30267-Z178-A13) System (see Figure 4-65) Three-cabinet Connect BC to EC1 = 2 cables (S30267-Z178-A13) ● System Connect BC to EC2 = 2 cables (S30267-Z178-A13) ● (see Figure 4-66) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-114 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 545: Figure 4-65 Two-Cabinet "8-Slot" System - Connection Cables Between Bc And

    EC1 = S30777-Q708-X100 ● Connection cable part num- bers For connecting BC to EC1 = ● S30267-Z178-A13 Figure 4-65 Two-Cabinet “8-Slot” System - Connection Cables between BC and EC1 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-115 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 546: Figure 4-66 Three-Cabinet "8-Slot" System - Connection Cables Between Bc

    EC1: Between slots 11 + 12 and 13 + 14 and 15 + 16 and 17 + UPSM ● EC2: Between slots 20 + 21 and 22 + 23 and 24 + 25 and 26 + UPSM ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-116 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 547: Connection Between The Mdfu Or Mdfu-E And Backplane

    A direct connection is set up to the NT or networked system via the back- TMS2 plane connector SU Xx9 and a special cable (see Section 3.3.40, “TMS2 (Not for U.S.)”). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-117 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 548 An adapter (1 SU connector - 8-pin MW8 (RJ48C) jack, Figure 4-67) is con- nected directly to the SU Xx9 backplane connector. You can use a special cable to create a direct connection to the CSU or networked system. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-118 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 549: Figure 4-67 S 2M Adapter (Sipac 1 Su - Mw8 (Rj48C)) C39228-A7195-A12

    (SIPAC 1 SU - MW8 (RJ48C) MW8 (RJ48C jack SIPAC 1 SU (to the NT, CSU jack (Xx9 or networked backplane) system) Figure 4-67 Adapter (SIPAC 1 SU - MW8 (RJ48C)) C39228-A7195-A12 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-119 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 550 Stripped length = 910 ± 5 mm for MDFU-E slots 1 to 10 Velcro tape (19 mm wide) Bundle fastener Figure 4-68 Stripping an Open-End Cable (not for the U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-120 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 551 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-121 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 552: Laying The Line Network And Setting Jumpers On The Mdfu Or

    (outside stations) ● lines > 500 m long. ● Connect the polarized surge protectors to the plugging locations on the splitting strip described above (see Figure 4-68). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-122 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 553 Cable 1 (SU Xx8) Cable 2 (SU Xx9) No. 25 not used Jumper strip for 25 TW (C39334-A166-A3) Figure 4-69 Assignment (Numbering) of the Splitting/Jumper Strips, (view from above) (not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-123 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 554 Special built-in comps. 2 x PFT1 1 x PFT4 System side Line network Figure 4-70 MDFU - Layout and Dimensions (367.0 x 328.8 x 125.4 mm) (not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-124 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 555: Mdfu-E

    2 x PFT1 System side Line network The MDFU-E is delivered with most systems. Figure 4-71 MDFU-E - Layout and Dimensions (669.0 x 328.8 x 125.4 mm) (not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-125 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 556: For U.s. Only: Connecting Network Facilities

    TMST1** ● * If not connected to facility provider terminal equipment. ** When this module is connected to the public network, secondary protection must be provided by the CSU. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-126 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 557: Installing Hipath 3700 (19-Inch Cabinet)

    ● board configuration ● final visual inspection ● applies to both HiPath 3700 and HiPath 3750 and is described starting in Section 4.3.5. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-127 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 558: Selecting The Installation Site

    Determine whether any damage has occurred during transport and report it to the proper departments. Dispose of the packing materials properly. Caution Only use tools and equipment that are in perfect condition. Do not use equipment with visible damage. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-128 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 559: Mounting The System Cabinet In The 19-Inch Cabinet

    To replace a cover, position the snap fasteners in the two guides and press down on the cover until it snaps into place. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-129 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 560: Figure 4-72 Hipath 3700 - Removing The Front And Rear Covers

    19-inch cabinet. To replace a cover, position the snap fasteners in the two guides and press down on the cover until it snaps into place. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-130 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 561: Mounting The System Cabinet With Angle Brackets

    19-inch frame. Attach the system cabinet to the angle bracket (B) in the 19-inch cabinet frame using two screws per bracket. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-131 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 562: Figure 4-73 Hipath 3700 - Installation In The 19-Inch Cabinet

    Caution Be careful when breaking out the recesses. Remove any sharp edges and corners. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-132 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 563: Mounting The Patch Panel In The 19-Inch Cabinet

    Install the patch panel immediately under the system cabinet (A in Figure 4-74) and attach it to the left and right of the 19-inch frame using two screws (B) on each side. Mounting the patch panel Figure 4-74 HiPath 3700 - Mounting the Patch Panel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-133 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 564: Grounding The System

    The 19-inch cabinet’s potential equalization bus may only be used if it is grounded by a separate ground conductor. Failure to follow these instructions can result in electrical shock. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-134 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 565 Min. cross-section = 2.5 mm Min. cross-section = 2.5 mm Potential equalization bus, in 19" cabinet for example Figure 4-75 HiPath 3700- Grounding the Systems and Patch Panels in a 19-Inch Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-135 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 566: Checking The Grounding

    Check the ohmic resistance between the individual sys- < 1 ohm tem parts (basic cabinet, expansion cabinets, patch pan- els). Prerequisite: HiPath 3700 is not yet connected to the low-voltage net- work via the power cable. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-136 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 567: Connecting The Cable To The Backplane

    The “8-slot” basic cabinet has seven slots, while the expansion cabinets each have > eight slots for peripheral boards. Backplane on the “8-slot” basic cabinet CBCPR UPSM REAL only) Figure 4-76 HiPath 3700 - Backplane on the “8-Slot” Basic Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-137 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 568: Figure 4-77 Hipath 3700 - Backplane On The "8-Slot" Expansion Cabinets

    Cable connector to BC: X13 Cable connector to EC2: X14 Cable connector to BC: X12 Cable connector to BC: X14 X28 - X88 1 SU connector each (16 TW) to the patch panel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-138 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 569 Connect BC to EC1 = 2 cables (S30267-Z178-A13) System (see Figure 4-78) Three-cabi- Connect BC to EC1 = 2 cables (S30267-Z178-A13) ● Connect BC to EC2 = 2 cables (S30267-Z178-A13) ● System (see Figure 4-79) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-139 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 570: Figure 4-78 Two-Cabinet "8-Slot" System - Connection Cables Between Bc

    EC1 = S30777-Q708-X100 ● Connection cable part num- bers For connecting BC to EC1 = ● S30267-Z178-A13 Figure 4-78 Two-Cabinet “8-Slot” System - Connection Cables between BC and EC1 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-140 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 571: Figure 4-79 Three-Cabinet "8-Slot" System - Connection Cables Between Bc

    EC1: Between slots 11 + 12 and 13 + 14 and 15 + 16 and 17 + UPSM ● EC2: Between slots 20 + 21 and 22 + 23 and 24 + 25 and 26 + UPSM ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-141 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 572: Connecting The Patch Panel And Backplane

    SU Xx9 backplane connector. You can use a special ca- ble (see Section 3.3.40, “TMS2 (Not for U.S.)”) to create a direct connection to the NT or networked system. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-142 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 573 An adapter (1 SU connector - 8-pin MW8 (RJ48C) jack, Figure 4-85) is con- nected directly to the SU Xx9 backplane connector. You can use a special cable to create a direct connection to the CSU or networked system. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-143 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 574: Figure 4-80 Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X

    (outside stations) ● lines > 500 m long. ● Connect the polarized surge protectors to slots F1 – F8 provided on the patch panel (seeFigure 4-81). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-144 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 575 Direct connector jumpering on the X12/X13 connector. Bridges are not necessary in ● this case. X12, X14 X13, X15 Figure 4-81 Structure of the Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-145 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 576: Figure 4-82 S

    Refer to the following tables for information on the assignment of the MW8 jacks: Table 3-97 for STMD8 board ● Table 3-163 for REAL board ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-146 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 577: Figure 4-83 Laying Wire Pairs At The S Patch Panel

    8 7 6 3 2 1 4 5 Pin assignment of MW8 jacks Twist the wire pairs before laying them. Figure 4-83 Laying Wire Pairs at the S Patch Panel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-147 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 578: Figure 4-84 Stripping The Open-End Cable For The S Patch Panel

    Figure 4-84 Stripping the Open-End Cable for the S Patch Panel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-148 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 579: Figure 4-85 S 2M Adapter (Sipac 1 Su - Mw8 (Rj48C)) C39228-A7195-A12

    (SIPAC 1 SU - MW8 (RJ48C) MW8 (RJ48C jack SIPAC 1 SU (to the NT, CSU jack (Xx9 or networked backplane) system) Figure 4-85 Adapter (SIPAC 1 SU - MW8 (RJ48C)) C39228-A7195-A12 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-149 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 580: Connecting The Line Network To The Patch Panel

    Front panel with 3 x 16 MW8 jacks each SLA16N, SLC16, SLC16N SLA16N, SLC16, SLC16N SLA16N, SLC16, SLC16N SLA24N SLA16N, SLC16, SLC16N SLA24N Figure 4-86 Layout of the Patch Panel S30807-K6143-X for Different Peripheral Boards P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-150 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 581: Loading The System Software And Installing Subboards On The Cbcpr

    Place the central control board on a flat surface before installing subboards. The spacing bolts supplied guarantee the correct insertion of the subboard, so you should always mount them (see Figure 3-6). Otherwise you may damage the board. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-151 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 582: Configuration Notes

    Depending on their width, peripheral boards can be inserted in slots 02 to 08 in the BC, 10 to 17 in EC1 and 19 to 26 in EC2 (the adhesive label beneath each slot identifies the slot) (see Figure 4-87). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-152 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 583: Figure 4-87 Slot Numbers And Widths In "8-Slot" Bc, Ec1, And Ec2

    Slot width (mm): Expansion cabinets EC1 and EC2 Slot no., EC1: UPSM EC2: UPSM Slot width (mm): Figure 4-87 Slot Numbers and Widths in “8-Slot” BC, EC1, and EC2 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-153 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 584 If it has, the board is not activated. The board LED shows the board’s status. At least one B channel on line trunk modules is available for the slot (only the available ● number of B channels is activated). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-154 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 585 For U.S. only: Recommended configuration To avoid B-channel blocking, install the TMST1 board only in the BC or in the first two slots of the ECs. HiPath 3000 Manager E observes this rule when performing off-line configuration. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-155...
  • Page 586 SLC16/SLC16N Depends on the number of mobile telephones logged on SLMO8, SLMO24 Depends on the number of stations (hosts (master) and clients (slave)) STMD8 TIEL TMDID8 TML8W TMS2 TMST1 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-156 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 587: Figure 4-89 Pcm Segments For A One-Cabinet System

    The figures below show the PCM segments (64 time-division multiplex channels each) for the different HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 system configurations. Single-cabinet system: PCM segments “8-slot” cabinets Figure 4-89 PCM Segments for a One-Cabinet System P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-157 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 588: Figure 4-90 Pcm Segments For A Two-Cabinet System

    Installing HiPath 3750, HiPath 3700 Two-cabinet system: PCM segments “8-slot” cabinets Figure 4-90 PCM Segments for a Two-Cabinet System Three-cabinet system: PCM segments “8-slot” cabinets Figure 4-91 PCM Segments for a Three-Cabinet System P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-158 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 589: Table 4-17 Hipath 3750 And Hipath 3700 - Static Traffic Capacity

    (see Figure 4-91) 12 + 13 + 21 + 22 64 erlangs 14 + 15 + 23 + 24 64 erlangs 16 + 17 + 25 + 26 64 erlangs P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-159 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 590: Inserting Or Removing Boards

    Locking and Unlocking Boards Figure 4-92 Locking and unlocking boards Special board attachments The power supply is screwed onto the grill of each cabinet. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-160 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 591: Connecting Workpoint Clients

    TMAMF (for selected countries only) ● TML8W (Not for U.S.) (MSI) ● TIEL ● TMDID8 (for U.S. only) ● TMGL8 (for U.S. only) ● TMST1 (for U.S. only) ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-161 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 592: Performing A Visual Inspection

    Check the local line voltage. Digital multimeter After finishing the visual inspection, you can begin starting up the HiPath 3750 or Hi- > Path 3700 system as described in Chapter 5. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-162 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 593: Installation Prerequisites

    Telephone test set for analog interfaces – Not for U.S.: ISDN tester (such as K3000 or Aurora) Duet Expert, Remote – For U.S. only: Aurora , Aurora Aurora or similar, ISDN protocol analyzer P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-163 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 594: Installation Procedure

    Configuration notes, page 4-181 Making trunk connections, page 4-198 Connecting Workpoint Clients, page 4- Performing a Visual Inspection, page 4- Making trunk connections, page 4-185 Performing a Visual Inspection, page 4- P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-164 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 595: Selecting The Installation Site

    Avoid standard carpeting, as it tends to produce electrostatic charges. ● Ensure that Siemens equipment is 40 in. (101.6 cm) from other electrical equipment. The ● National Electrical Code (NEC) requires 36 in. (91.44 cm) of clearance in front of electrical equipment and 40 in.
  • Page 596 Allow 20 in. (50.8 cm) of clearance on the bottom (for cables). Figure 4-93 HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 - Space Requirements (for U.S. only) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-166 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 597: For U.s. Only: Ac Outlet

    A warning should be attached to the circuit breaker to prevent accidental removal of power. ● An independent electric circuit with an isolated ground conductor should be used. ● Recommendation: Add a power surge protector between the outlet and the system. ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-167 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 598: Unpacking The Components

    The bag attached to the cover contains a drill template. It also contains the necessary screws and wall anchors for attaching the MDF to the wall. The MDFU must be grounded. Refer to Section 4.4.3.6 for an explanation of the procedure. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-168 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 599 Special built-in comps. 2 x PFT1 1 x PFT4 System side Line network Figure 4-94 MDFU - Layout and Dimensions (367.0 x 328.8 x 125.4 mm) (not for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-169 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 600: Removing The System Housing Cover

    HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 housing cover. Procedure Step Activity Loosen the two screwed plugs on the housing cover with a slotted screw driver. Hold the housing cover so that it does not fall. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-170 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 601 To close the system housing again, put the cover on and fasten it with the two screwed plugs. To avoid injuries, grasp the housing cover by its outside walls only when mounting it. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-171 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 602: Attaching The System To The Wall

    Oblong holes for 30 cm Minum clearance for replacing boards Figure 4-95 HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 - Wall Attachment Figure 4-96 HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 - Wall Attachment P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-172 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 603: Grounding The System And The Main Distribution Frame

    For U.S. only: ● The customer supplies a main distribution frame to complete the communications system. Mount and ground the MDF in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-173 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 604 Example Potential equalization bus but not: - central heating system - drain channels - ground conductor for antenna system Figure 4-97 HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350 - Grounding an External Main Distribution Frame P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-174 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 605: Installing The Boards

    In the U.S., you may need to install the boards. Connecting to T1, PRI, or CorNet (for U.S. only) Caution The TST1 Module (HiPath 3550) can be installed only in conjunction with a listed channel service unit (CSU). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-175 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 606: Laying The Line Network And Connection Cables

    6 slip-on connectors (4 TW each) for connection to the HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 boards Figure 4-98 Layout of CABLU S30269-Z41-A30 (Length = 3 m) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-176 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 607 As shown in Figure 4-100, you can connect the eight-pin slip-on connectors to the boards directly. The line network connects directly to the jumper strip. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-177 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 608 (Octopus cable with Amphenol terminators). You select the output pat- tern on the Amphenol connector by which slip-on connector you use on each board edge connector. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-178 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 609: Attaching Ferrite

    5 mm min. 15 mm – Ferrite sleeve C39022-Z7000-C7 Power cable Figure 4-101 HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 - Power Cable with Ferrite Sleeve P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-179 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 610 If the number of lines makes this impossible, the ferrite “small” format can be attached directly at the output of the cable duct. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-180 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 611: Configuration Notes

    Restrictions for equipment with IVMP8, IVMS8, TST1 boards must be ob- > served. HiPath 3550: system overview and slots Cable duct Optional boards Slot levels Figure 4-102 HiPath 3550 - Wall Housing System Overview P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-181 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 612 HiPath 3550 - Slots in the Wall Housing The CBCC board is connected to the optional board via a ribbon ca- ble (OPAL) (see adjacent figure). Figure 4-104 HiPath 3550 - Option Adapter Long (OPAL) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-182 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 613 Optional boards Slot levels Figure 4-105 HiPath 3350 - Wall Housing System Overview CUP: Connection Unit Point OPAL Slot levels Figure 4-106 HiPath 3350 - Slots in the Wall Housing P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-183 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 614: Table 4-21 Hipath 3550 And Hipath 3350 - Static Traffic Capacity

    Use of a TS2 board results in a capacity of 30 erlangs. A maximum of one TS2 per HiPath 3550 is possible, and the board may only be installed in slot 7 or 9, thus resulting in 30 Erlangs for slot 7 or 9. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-184 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 615: Connecting Workpoint Clients

    Check the local line voltage. Digital multimeter After finishing the visual inspection, you can begin starting up the system as de- > scribed in Chapter 5. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-185 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 616: Installing Hipath 3500 And Hipath 3300 (19-Inch Housing)

    You can also install an ECR expansion cabinet rack in which you can install a battery pack (for uninterruptible power supply) and/or an additional external power supply EPSU2-R (if the sys- tem’s internal power supply is not sufficient) (see Section 9.2.4). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-186 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 617: Selecting The Installation Site

    Wall Outlet Configura- voltage Range tions from from 120 V AC/ 110 V AC 130 V AC 47 Hz 63 Hz NEMA 5-15, 2-pin, 3- 60 Hz wire, earth P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-187 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 618: Unpacking The Components

    Determine whether any damage has occurred during transport and report it to the proper departments. Dispose of the packing materials properly. Caution Only use tools and equipment that are in perfect condition. Do not use equipment with visible damage. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-188 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 619: Not For U.s.: Attaching A Hipath 3500 And Hipath 3300 To The Wall

    Drill a second hole in the wall for the lower angle bracket (B), insert a wall anchor and attach the angle bracket with a screw. Wall mounting HiPath 3500 / HiPath 3300 Figure 4-107 HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 - Wall Installation (for U.S.) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-189 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 620: Installing A Hipath 3500 Or Hipath 3300 In A Cabinet

    3300 using two screws per bracket. Slide the HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 system into the 19-inch cabinet and attach it to the left and right of the 19-inch frame with screws. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-190 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 621: Figure 4-108 Hipath 3500 And Hipath 3300 - Mounting The 19-Inch Cabinet

    Installing HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500, and HiPath 3300 Mounting the 19-inch cabinet HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 HiPath 3500 Figure 4-108 HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 - Mounting the 19-Inch Cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-191 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 622: Grounding The System

    (230 Vac), you must hire a li- censed electrician to install the ground. If you answer “Yes” to both questions, the HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 systems may be grounded as described below. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-192 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 623: Installing The Boards

    Failure to follow these instructions can result in electrical shock. 4.4.4.7 Installing the Boards The systems are already equipped with the boards needed for the customer’s specific require- ments. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-193 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 624: Connecting Cables And The Line Network

    Attaching to the ECR side (see Page 9-9) ● Line network The connecting cords to the peripherals can be connected directly to the relevant MW8 jacks on the front panel of the 19-inch housing. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-194 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 625: Configuration Notes

    Slot 4 Slot 5 1 (Peripheralboards) Figure 4-111 HiPath 3500 - Slot Levels in the 19-Inch Housing It is imperative that you observe the restrictions regarding TS2R installation. > P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-195 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 626: Figure 4-112 Hipath 3300 - Slot Levels In The 19-Inch Housing

    (C39165-A7027-B115) to close slots that are not equipped with boards. Slot levels: 3 (options) Slots 1-3 2 (CBRC) 1 (Peripheralboards) Slot 4 Slot 5 Figure 4-112 HiPath 3300 - Slot Levels in the 19-Inch Housing P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-196 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 627 Use of a TS2R board results in a capacity of 30 erlangs. A maximum of one TS2R per HiPath 3500 is possible, and the board may only be installed in slot 7 or 9, thus resulting in 30 Erlangs for slot 7 or 9. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-197 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 628: Connecting Workpoint Clients

    Check the local line voltage. Digital multimeter After finishing the visual inspection, you can begin starting up the system as de- > scribed in Chapter 5. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 4-198 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 629: Starting Up Hipath 3000

    This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. Topic Starting Up HiPath 3800, page 5-2 Starting Up HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700, page 5-11 Starting Up HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500, HiPath 3300, page 5-19 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 630: Startup Procedure

    Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type, page 5-7 Not for U.S.: Entering the System Number, page 5-9 Customer-Specific Programming, page 5-10 Performing a System Check, page 5-10 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 631: Supplying The System With Power

    = 0.75 s on/0.25 s off ● The HiPath 3800 is ready when the date “1. JAN 00” and the time “00:00” appear in > the display on the system telephone. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 632: Assigning Station Numbers

    All boards are activated and the numbering plan continues without a gap. Board was inserted ahead of another board in the place- ● ment sequence: Board is activated and appended to the last board in the numbering plan. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 633 S board can result in gaps in line numbering. This is because all S ports are ini- tially activated as trunks and are only subse- quently reconfigured. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 634: Carrying Out A System Reload

    Press and hold down the reset switch for at least 5 seconds (FAIL LED (red) goes out). If you do not hold down the reset switch for a full 5 seconds, the system may perform a reset rather than a reload or may not reload properly. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 635: Carrying Out The Country Initialization And Selecting The Password Type

    You must now load the local language prior to country initialization, using HiPath 3000 Manager E (see information on multilingual text output in the Feature Description Hi- Path 3000/5000).

  • Page 636: Table 5-3 Entering The Country Code And Selecting The Password Type

    Brazil and with connection to analog trunks with DTMF signaling. After you enter a country code, the default data is only guaranteed to load correctly > if the system software has been officially released for that country. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 637 Watch the display. Scroll until “ISDN parameters” and “PABX number” appear. Confirm your selection. Expert mode: Enter the code 20 2 1 to 4. Follow the user prompting on the display. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 638: Customer-Specific Programming

    Usually, the boards are insert- ed from the lowest slot to the highest. Refer to the HiPath 3000 Manager E Help for information on programming individual features. 5.2.7 Performing a System Check Checking the telephones Check the time and date display on each telephone.

  • Page 639: Table 5-5 Hipath 3750 And Hipath 3700 - Startup Procedure

    Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type, page 5- Not for U.S.: Entering the System Number, page 5-17 Customer-Specific Programming, page 5-18 Performing a System Check, page 5-18 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-11 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 640: Table 5-6 Run Led - Led Status Meaning

    The flashing rhythm depends on the load. The higher the system load the slower the flashing rhythm. The HiPath 3750 or HiPath 3700 is ready when the date “1. JAN 00” and the time > “00:00” appear in the display on the system telephone. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-12 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 641: Assigning Station Numbers

    Board was inserted ahead of another board in the place- ● ment sequence: Board is activated and appended to the last board in the numbering plan. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-13 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 642 A mixture of subscriber line circuits and trunk ● lines on one STMD8 can result in gaps in line numbering. This is because all STMD8 ports are initially activated as trunks and are only subsequently reconfigured. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-14 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 643: Carrying Out A System Reload

    You must now load the local language prior to country initialization, using HiPath 3000 Manager E (see information on multilingual text output in the Feature Description HiPath 3000/5000).
  • Page 644 Brazil and with connection to analog trunks with DTMF signaling. After you enter a country code, the default data is only guaranteed to load correctly > if the system software has been officially released for that country. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-16 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 645 Watch the display. Scroll until “ISDN parameters” and “PABX number” appear. Confirm your selection. Expert mode: Enter the code 20 2 1 to 4. Follow the user prompting on the display. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-17 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 646: Customer-Specific Programming

    Usually, the boards are insert- ed from the lowest slot to the highest. Refer to the HiPath 3000 Manager E Help for information on programming individual features. 5.3.7 Performing a System Check Checking the telephones Check the time and date display on each telephone.

  • Page 647: Table 5-9 Startup Procedure

    Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type, page 5- Not for U.S.: Entering the System Number, page 5-25 Customer-Specific Programming, page 5-26 Performing a System Check, page 5-26 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-19 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 648: Table 5-10 Run Led - Led Status Meaning

    The flashing rhythm depends on the load. The higher the system load the slower the flashing rhythm. The system is ready when the date “1. JAN 00” and the time “00:00” appear in the > display on the system telephone. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-20 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 649: Assigning Station Numbers

    Board was inserted ahead of another board in the place- ● ment sequence: Board is activated and appended to the last board in the numbering plan. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-21 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 650 (HiPath 3000 Manager E). The system does not assign the MSN until the S ● port is configured on the “Euro bus”; the MSN can be read out via administration. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-22 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 651: Carrying Out A System Reload

    You must now load the local language prior to country initialization, using HiPath 3000 Manager E (see information on multilingual text output in the Feature Description HiPath 3000/5000).
  • Page 652 Table A-3, HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350 and HiPath 3500 have not been introduced in some of the countries listed in HiPath 3300. The correct loading of the default data is not guaranteed for those countries. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-24 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 653 Watch the display. Scroll until “ISDN parameters” and “PABX number” appear. Confirm your selection. Expert mode: Enter the code 20 2 1 to 4. Follow the user prompting on the display. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 5-25 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 654: Customer-Specific Programming

    Usually, the boards are insert- ed from the lowest slot to the highest. Refer to the HiPath 3000 Manager E Help for information on programming individual features. 5.4.7 Performing a System Check Checking the telephones Check the time and date display on each telephone.

  • Page 655: Hipath 5000 Startup And Administration

    This chapter discusses the topics listed in the following table. Topic Introduction, page 6-2 Software Structure, page 6-5 Notes on Open Numbering in a HiPath 3000/5000 Network, page 6-8 Installation Requirements, page 6-9 HiPath 5000, page 6-12 Preparing for Installation, page 6-12 ●...

  • Page 656: Introduction

    Introduction Introduction HiPath 5000 is operated as a central administration unit in an IP network of HiPath 3000 sys- tems. By creating a "Single System Image", all relevant nodes can be centrally administered. HiPath 5000 is the platform for providing applications at a central point and enables them to be used by all stations in the IP network.
  • Page 657 Personal Call Manager PCM (Web-based application for the configuration and administra- ● tion of personal call forwarding operations) HiPath FM Desktop V3.0 (Java-based application for error signaling) ● GetAccount (application that prepares generated call data records for further processing.) ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 658 600 office HiPath Cordless Office IP Network optiClient 130 optiClient Attendant V5.0 optiPoint 500 ... optiset E ... PSTN HiPath 3500 HiPath 3750 Figure 6-1 HiPath 5000 Multi-Node IP System P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 659: Software Structure

    Feature Server. The Feature Server ensures that the networked HiPath 3000 systems receive synchronized CDB data. The individual systems are accessed directly by HiPath 3000 Manager E in the course of main- tenance and online functions.
  • Page 660 (MS Windows Service) VEvtLogMsg.dll AssCkds.dll vsrv.exe Accs520x.dll Accs520x.dll Accs520x.dll Accs520x.dll Server Database vdbaccess.dll Socket Interface Data Transfer Interface Remote Procedure Call Interface vsock.dll vadmtftp.dll FCT.dll Figure 6-3 Feature Server Services and Routines P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 661: Table 6-1 Feature Server Components

    This is a Feature Server service for signaling the call processing station states “free”, “busy” and “call” using the LEDs on the optiset E and optiPoint telephones in a HiPath 3000/5000 net- work. You can pick up a call by pressing the appropriate button.

  • Page 662: Notes On Open Numbering In A Hipath 3000/5000 Network

    In contrast to standalone systems, a HiPath 3000/5000 network performs call number evalua- tion in a number of stages. All station and group numbers for the relevant HiPath 3000 systems (nodes) are kept on the HG 1500 boards and subject to digit analysis. The Feature Server sends the IP addresses of the relevant HiPath 3000 systems to the HG 1500 boards.

  • Page 663: Installation Requirements

    ● Table 6-3 can be used to determine the required RAM expansion (RAM space) of the Hi- Path 5000 server depending on the number of nodes in the HiPath 3000/5000 network and the applications installed on the server. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05...

  • Page 664: Prerequisites For A Single-Pc Solution

    Service sible sible sible HiPath 5000 (cen- possible possible possible possible possible possible tral administration unit in an IP net- work) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-10 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 665 Every HiPath 3000 gateway, every survivable media gateway and every HiPath ComScendo service counts as a node. Networks are currently released with up to 32 nodes. Larger configurations can be released on a project-specific basis. We do not recommend installing DLS, Teledata Office, HPCO (including HiPath Xpressions), and HiPath ComScendo Ser- vice together on a PC.

  • Page 666: Preparing For Installation

    Check to ensure that the server PC has been correctly integrated in the cus- tomer LAN (see Section 6.6.2). Miscellaneous All applications running in the background must be closed prior to software installation. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-12 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 667: Integrating The Hipath 5000 Server In The Customer Lan

    Test the LAN connection with a “ping” to another computer ● Integrate the HiPath 5000 in the Windows domain under Control Panel - Network - Identi- ● fication (a domain administrator account is required here!) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-13 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 668: Hipath 5000 Installing Standard Components

    Standard components should generally always be installed and are therefore already selected in the master setup (= default setup). HiPath ComScendo Service cannot be operated at the same time as an optiClient > 130 V5.0 on a single PC. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-14 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 669: Licensing

    HiPath 3000 Manager E comes with a customer-specific file which is used by the Customer Li- cense Agent CLA to generate a GPCF (Grace Period Configuration File) file. This file ensures that the maximum expansion of all features subject to mandatory licensing is possible within the 30-day grace period.

  • Page 670: Starting The Installation

    Click Next to proceed with the installation routine. Select destination path. Select the folder where you want to install the program. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\siemens\hipath\ with Next or click Browse and select a different folder. Select program folder.
  • Page 671 The subsequent description of the installation procedure relates to the default setup. Information on installing the HiPath ComScendo Service can be found in Section 6.6.4. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-17 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 672 Click Next to start the copy operation. The PC reboots after installing the MSDE 2000 SQL database. > The installation procedure is automatically continued after rebooting. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-18 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 673 10. The File Transfer Folder appears. Select the folder where you want to install the files. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\siemens\hipath\tftp\files\ with Next or click Change to select a different folder. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-19 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 674 12. Click Next to proceed with the setup routine. 13. When all selected components are installed, a dialog appears in which you can terminate the setup with Finish. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-20 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 675: Installing Hipath Comscendo Service

    HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 6.6.4 Installing HiPath ComScendo Service The HiPath ComScendo Service is virtually a complete HiPath 3000 node that is only config- ured as software on a PC. Apart from TDM-specific features (e.g. the connection of U sta- P0/E tions, trunks and special stations such as door openers, etc.), all V5.0 features are available.
  • Page 676 HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 The Select Features dialog appears. Select the HiPath ComScendo Service components you want to install and deselect the ones you do not want to install. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-22 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 677 To implement the setup for the HiPath ComScendo service, both a TFTP server and an FM Reporting client must be installed on the relevant PC. Both components are automatically selected and installed by the Master Setup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-23 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 678 PC. Select the folder where you want to install the program. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\siemens\hipath\tftp\files\ with Next or click Change to select a different folder. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-24 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 679 Note: This dialog only appears if none of the Master Setup components has been installed on the PC. Enter the trap destinations (if necessary) and the HiPath Fault Management desktop com- munity names. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-25 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 680 11. Continue setup with Next. The Select Network Card dialog appears. Note: This dialog only appears if the relevant PC has more than one network card. Select the network card for HiPath 5000. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-26 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 681 12. Continue setup with Next. The Country selection dialog appears. Confirm the default or select a different country to define the international standard settings for language, currency and date format. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-27 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 682 5000\pcsdata\ with Next or click Change to select a different folder. 14. When all selected components are installed, a dialog appears in which you can terminate the installation with Finish. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-28 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 683: Checking The Installation Of The Hipath Comscendo Service

    Section 12.3.1.10 contains information about how to proceed in the event of a > fault, in other words if one or more service status indicators are red. Details about configuring the HiPath ComScendo service can be found in Section 6.10.1. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-29 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 684: Installing Hipath Fault Management

    6.6.5 Installing HiPath Fault Management HiPath Fault Management can read information from the HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 system MIB via SNMP requests. This allows the system to permanently monitor the status of the net- work components and to include changes of status in the network administrator information.
  • Page 685 HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 The Select Features dialog appears. Select the HiPath Fault Management components you want to install and deselect the ones you do not want to install. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-31 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 686 11. The Choose Destination Location dialog appears. Select the folder where you want to install the Java Runtime Environment. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\javasoft\jre\<version>\ with Next or click Browse and select a different folder. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-32 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 687 17. Once installation is complete, a final dialog appears. Close the InstallShield Wizard for Hi- Path Fault Management with Finish. 18. A message appears indicating that the master setup has been successful. Close the setup with Finish. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-33 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 688: Installing The Tapi Service Provider

    Insert the TAPI Service Provider installation CD and run Setup. Confirm the welcome dialog that appears with Next. The Setup Type dialog appears. Mark HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 and confirm your selection with Next. The appropriate installation components are automatically preselected when you select the setup type.

  • Page 689: Installing The Hipath Inventory Server Separately

    Click Next to proceed with the installation routine. Select destination path. Select the folder where you want to install the program. Confirm the default folder c:\program files\siemens\hipath\ with Next or click Browse and select a different folder. Select program folder.
  • Page 690 HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath 5000 The Select Features dialog appears. Select the HiPath Inventory components you want to install and deselect the ones you do not want to install. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-36 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 691 To be able to implement the setup for HiPath Inventory, both an FM Reporting client and a Common Web Service must be installed on the relevant PC. Both components are auto- matically selected and installed by the Master Setup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-37 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 692 Click Next to start the copy operation. The Trap Destinations and Communities dialog appears. Enter the trap destinations (if necessary) and the HiPath Fault Management desktop com- munity names. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-38 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 693 Enter the IP address and the port number of the PC where the database is installed (MSDE SQL database server). 11. Confirm your entries with Next. 12. When installation is complete, a dialog appears in which you can terminate the setup with Finish. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-39 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 694: Verifying Installation

    6.6.8.1 Verifying the Start and Function of HiPath 5000 Services Select Computer Management - Services and Applications - Services to check if all necessary services were started. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-40 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 695: Checking Entries In The Event Viewer

    To open the Event Viewer, select Computer Management - System Tools - Event Viewer. For more information, see Section 12.3.1.9, “Event Viewer for HiPath 5000 (Eventlog)”. Table 12-8 shows the possible entries that may appear in the Event Viewer. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-41 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 696: Modifying Hipath 5000 Components (Retro-Fitting, Updating, Deleting)

    The TAPI Service Provider configuration (configuration and lines - refer to the TAPI 170 Service Provider Help) and the CDB files associated with the connected sys- tems (refer to the Help for HiPath 3000 Manager E) should be saved for security rea- sons.
  • Page 697 The Setup maintenance program appears. Mark the option you want and confirm with Next. Follow the on-screen user prompts. You must restart your PC after updating the HiPath 5000 V5.0 installation. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-43 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 698: Performing Licensing

    HiPath 3000 Manager E comes with a customer-specific file which is used by the Customer Li- cense Agent CLA to generate a GPCF (Grace Period Configuration File) file. This file ensures that the maximum expansion of all features subject to mandatory licensing is possible within the 30-day grace period.

  • Page 699: Optimizing Operating System Settings

    To do this, go to Start/Settings/ Control Panel: Software – Add/Remove Windows Com- ponents : Internet Information Service (IIS) – De- tails: Remove SMTP Service. Personal Call Manager and Internet Information Server P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-45 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 700 Configure the following by right-clicking Properties under System Log and Application Log in the operating system’s Event Viewer: 'Overwrite events as needed' and set 'Maximum log size' to approxi- mately 2 MB. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-46 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 701: Perform Hipath 5000 Basic Configuration

    HiPath 5000 PC with HiPath ComScendo service ● The HiPath ComScendo Service is virtually a complete HiPath 3000 node that is only con- figured as software on a PC. Apart from the pure TDM features, all features of V5.0 are available.

  • Page 702: Configuring Hipath 5000 With Hipath Comscendo Service

    (for more information see Section 12.6.1.1, “Logon With User Name and Password”). Perform the customer-specific system programming. Refer to the HiPath 3000 Manager E Help for information on programming individual fea- tures. Save the customer database. Then switch to the Transfer dialog.

  • Page 703: Configuring Hipath 5000 Server As A Central Administration Unit In An

    Configuring HiPath 5000 Server as a Central Administration Unit in an IP Network The IP network is administered via the Feature server. The HiPath 3000 Manager E adminis- tration tool does not communicate with the individual nodes but exchanges data with the Fea- ture server.
  • Page 704 Note: If the required software is not installed on the specified PC, the error message "Hi- Path 5000/AllServe Server not Installed on this PC" appears. Load the central customer database by clicking the Server –> Manager button. Then click Close. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-50 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 705: Adding Individual Nodes For Ip Networking

    Feature server. The customer database is then automatically distributed to the various nodes. The prerequisite for adding nodes (HiPath 3000) to a HiPath 3000/5000 network is the success- ful installation (see Chapter 4, “Installing HiPath 3000”) and startup (see Chapter 5, “Start- ing Up HiPath 3000”) of these systems.
  • Page 706 The Transfer (HiPath 5000/AllServe Server) dialog appears. Apply the node data to the server net file by clicking the Add node button. Finally, rewrite the data from HiPath 3000 Manager E to the HiPath 5000 server (Manager –> Server button).

  • Page 707: Hipath Manager Pcm

    HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration HiPath Manager PCM 6.11 HiPath Manager PCM For information, see the HiPath Manager PCM Installation and Administration Manual. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-53 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 708: Getaccount

    6.12 GetAccount Overview The call data records generated during HiPath 3000/5000 operation can be copied to a text file for further processing using the GetAccount program. The WinAccount software for evaluating call data records is no longer used in Hi- >...
  • Page 709 The ASCII transfer file is automatically saved in the specified folder and extended to in- clude the new call data. The file is extended by one line for each call data record. Each call data record (line) is ended with CR+LF. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-55 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 710: Table 6-8 Getaccount - Data Record Structure

    17 - 19 3 Trunk number right-aligned with leading blanks, for example " 1" 20 - 22 3 Node ID for HiPath 3000 (matches the configuration in HiPath 3000 Manager E) right-aligned with leading blanks 23 - 28 6 Internal extension number...
  • Page 711 HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration GetAccount Table 6-8 GetAccount - Data Record Structure Pos. Lengt Description 1 LF P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-57 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 712 To avoid uncontrolled folder growth with the transfer file, an option is available for de- > leting the renamed transfer file after forwarding it for external use in this folder. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-58 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 713: Figure 6-4 P 500 Ups - Front And Rear Panel

    The manufacturer’s safety and operating instructions must be observed. P 500 UPS - Front and Rear Panel Figure 6-4 P 500 UPS - Front and Rear Panel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-59 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 714: Table 6-9 P 500 Ups - Meaning Of Displays, Switches And Jacks

    Special monitoring software can shut down the specified server via this jack, for exam- ple, in the case of extended power failures. Jacks for power supply to the communication server to be monitored. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 6-60 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 715: Starting Hipath 3000 As A Gateway

    So-called gateways provide the HiPath 5000 with interfaces for trunk and tie trunk connections to the telecommunications network. In V5.0, the HiPath 3800, HiPath 3700, HiPath 3500, and HiPath 3300 systems can be used as gateways. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 716: Starting Hipath 3800 As A Gateway

    Refer to the following board descriptions for information: STMD3 - for S trunk connection ● DIUN2 - for S trunk connection ● DIU2U (For U.S. Only) - for T1 PRI trunk ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 717 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type, page 5-7 Not for U.S.: Entering the System Number, page 5-9 Conducting customer-specific programming with HiPath 3000 Manager E. Refer to the HiPath 3000 Manager E Help for information on programming individ- ual features. Performing a system check The following tests must be performed if telephones are directly connected to ●...

  • Page 718: Starting Hipath 3700 As A Gateway

    Refer to the following board descriptions for information: STMD8 - for S trunk connection ● TMS2 (Not for U.S.) - for S trunk connection ● TMST1 (for U.S. only) - for T1 PRI trunk ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 719 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type, page 5-15 Not for U.S.: Entering the System Number, page 5-17 Conducting customer-specific programming with HiPath 3000 Manager E. Refer to the HiPath 3000 Manager E Help for information on programming individ- ual features. Performing a system check The following tests must be performed if telephones are directly connected to ●...

  • Page 720: Starting Hipath 3500 As A Gateway

    Note: Analog workpoint clients can be connected to the CBRC’s T/R ports in emer- gencies. This ensures telephone operation via the telecommunications network in the event of IP network failure. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 721 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type, page 5-23 Not for U.S.: Entering the System Number, page 5-25 Conducting customer-specific programming with HiPath 3000 Manager E. Refer to the HiPath 3000 Manager E Help for information on programming individ- ual features. Performing a system check The following tests must be performed if telephones are directly connected to ●...

  • Page 722: Starting Hipath 3300 As A Gateway

    IP network failure. Making IP connections Perform the IP connection over the HG 1500 board HXGR3. For information on startup and configuration, refer to the HG 1500 Administration Manual. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 723 Carrying Out the Country Initialization and Selecting the Password Type, page 5-23 Not for U.S.: Entering the System Number, page 5-25 Conducting customer-specific programming with HiPath 3000 Manager E. Refer to the HiPath 3000 Manager E Help for information on programming individ- ual features. Performing a system check The following tests must be performed if telephones are directly connected to ●...
  • Page 724 Starting HiPath 3000 as a Gateway Starting HiPath 3300 as a Gateway P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 7-10 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 725: Licensing

    ● optiClient Attendant V7.0 Connected to HiPath 3000 < V5.0, page 8-28 ● Upgrading optiClient Attendant V6.0 –> V7.0 As Part of an Upgrade to HiPath 3000 V5.0., ● page 8-30 Upgrade optiClient Attendant V6.0 –> V7.0 on HiPath 3000 < V5.0, page 8-32 ●...

  • Page 726: Introduction

    Introduction Introduction Versions 5.0 and later of HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 use a new, centralized licensing proce- dure known as HiPath License Management. The procedure is used in all HiPath products, for example communication systems, workpoint clients, and applications.
  • Page 727 Manager E 4. License file is validated which are subject to man- datory licensing 5. License file is analyzed Figure 8-1 Licensing Process with Central License Server (CLS) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 728: Licensing For Hipath 3000 V5.0, Hipath 5000 V5.0

    8.3.1 Products and Components subject to Mandatory Licensing The following products used with HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 V5.0 must be licensed (i.e. are subject to mandatory licensing). The required licenses are combined in a license file and must be distributed to the relevant products using HiPath 3000 Manager E.
  • Page 729 Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0 Table 8-1 Features subject to mandatory licensing Feature Details in license file Default values in Distribution of Licenses with subject unlicensed state HiPath 3000 Manager E to mandatory Feature Maximum...

  • Page 730: Grace Period

    Path 3000 Manager E. If there is no valid license file (Real License File RLF) for the Customer License Agent CLA when the HiPath 3000 Manager E-license dialog is opened, the CLA auto- matically generates a grace period license file using the .gpcf file. The grace period licenses can be distributed in exactly the same way as RLF licenses.

  • Page 731: Performing Licensing

    Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0 8.3.4 Performing Licensing The details specified below are based on the assumption that valid license files are > available to the user. During installation of the Customer License Agent CLA on the service PC or on the HiPath 5000 server (see Figure 8-2), an import subdirectory is created in the installation directory.
  • Page 732 Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0 Standalone HiPath 3000 system Networked HiPath 3000 systems with HiPath 5000 Server License file (*.xml) Validation, decryption, and analysis of the license file Service PC with HiPath 5000 – HiPath 3000 Manager E with –...
  • Page 733 The license distribution procedure described below requires successful installation (see Chapter 4, “Installing HiPath 3000”) and startup (see Chapter 5, “Starting Up HiPath 3000”) of the HiPath 3000 systems (nodes) and, if available, of the HiPath 5000 server (see Chapter 6, “HiPath 5000 Startup and Administration”).
  • Page 734 Licensing Licensing for HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0 Step Activity (Remarks) Standalone or networked HiPath 3000 Networked HiPath 3000 systems with systems without HiPath 5000 HiPath 5000 CDB: The license-sensitive data for the open CDB is displayed. You can specify ●...
  • Page 735 .gcpf file. The first node must then be added to the HiPath 3000/5000 network. The Feature Server now has its (grace period) li- cense.

  • Page 736: Licensing Scenarios

    During production, the HiPath 3000 control boards are assigned a board-specific > number with a MAC address that is unique worldwide. To guarantee unique licens- ing, the license file is linked to the MAC address of a HiPath 3000 control board. The various licensing scenarios are described below. 8.4.1 HiPath 3000 as a Standalone System The components for this system which require licensing are licensed using one license file.

  • Page 737: Networked Hipath 3000 Systems Without Hipath 5000

    Licensing Scenarios Step Activity (Remarks) In the "MAC Address" input field, enter the MAC address for the HiPath 3000 control board as specified in step 1. In the "Number" field, define the number of licenses to be generated for each feature.

  • Page 738: Networked Hipath 3000 Systems With Hipath 5000

    Licensing of the components which are subject to mandatory licensing is performed on a net- work-wide basis. This means that a single license file is required for the entire HiPath 3000/ 5000 network. This file is linked with the MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board with the lowest node number (node ID).
  • Page 739 In the subsequent dialog, define the number of licenses to be generated and specify the MAC address to which the license should be linked. In the "MAC Address" input field, enter the MAC address for the HiPath 3000 control board as specified in step 1.
  • Page 740 ● Click the Save License Key button. In the subsequent dialog, specify the storage location for the license key you want to download. Section 8.3.4 describes the procedure for distributing licenses with HiPath 3000 Man- ager E. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 8-16...

  • Page 741: Upgrading To Hipath 3000 V5.0, Hipath 5000 V5.0

    8.4.4 Upgrading to HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0 To upgrade from a version earlier than 5.0 to HiPath 3000 V5.0 or HiPath 5000 V5.0, you must request a new license file and repeat the licensing procedure. The Central License Server (CLS) enables the old licenses (< V5.0) to be converted into new licenses that are valid for version 5.0.
  • Page 742 In the subsequent dialog, define the MAC address to which the new license should be linked. The MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board to which the HG 1500 board specified under step 5 belongs should be entered in the MAC Address input field.
  • Page 743 (only accessible to users authorized to create licenses) and customer notes (generally accessible). Registered company and user: Company and user-specific data is displayed. ● Upgrade details: MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board. ● Licenses to be used: The outcome of this procedure is displayed. ●...

  • Page 744: Combining Standalone Systems (Hipath 3000) To Form A Network With

    The "Rehost" function of the Central License Servers (CLS) enables the various license files to be converted into a new, network-wide overall license file. This file is linked with the MAC ad- dress of the HiPath 3000 control board with the lowest node number (node ID). Procedure...
  • Page 745 Step Activity (Remarks) The MAC address of a HiPath 3000 control board determined under step 1 should be entered in the Locking ID input field. After the Find button is selected, the licenses belonging to the MAC address are dis- played.

  • Page 746: Removing A Standalone System From A Network With Hipath 5000

    Removing a Standalone System from a Network with HiPath 5000 If a standalone node (HiPath 3000) is to be removed from a network with HiPath 5000, a new license file is required for the standalone system. A new, network-wide general license file must also be requested for the rest of the network.

  • Page 747: Replacing License-Sensitive Hardware (Changing The Mac Address)

    The "Rehost" function of the Central License Server (CLS) enables the licenses to be moved from the old MAC address (the old HiPath 3000 control board to be replaced) to a new MAC address (a new HiPath 3000 control board).
  • Page 748 6 features (Licenses) will be disabled as a result of this transaction. This means that all six available licenses have been linked with the new MAC ad- dress. The old link to the MAC address of the defective HiPath 3000 control board has been deactivated for all six licenses.
  • Page 749 When the control board has been successfully replaced, the CDB must be trans- ferred to HiPath 3000. A warning will appear that the MAC address is invalid. All li- censes become invalid if the CDB is installed. The system goes into default and fea- tures that are subject to mandatory licensing will suffer from reduced functionality.

  • Page 750: Licensing Opticlient Attendant

    Attendant V7.0 Connected to HiPath 3000 V5.0 Licensing is performed on the associated HiPath 3000 system. In order to ensure unique licens- ing, the license file is linked with the MAC address of the HiPath 3000 control board. Procedure...
  • Page 751 CLM/CLS communication, ● b) via direct communication with the CLS via a web browser. ● Transfer the license key from the CLS via the CLM to the CLA (CLC - HiPath 3000 Manager E). a) via CLM/CLS communication, ●...
  • Page 752 At- tendant 6 (CLS) Figure 8-4 Procedure for Licensing optiClient Attendant V7.0 on HiPath 3000 < V5.0 Step Activity (Remarks) Install optiClient Attendant and CLA (if not yet available). Enter the IP address and port number of the CLA in the optiClient Attendant config- uration manager.
  • Page 753 In this case, the CLS generates a license key for the CLA PC, and not for HiPath 3000. Note: For CLS, an optiClient Attendant V7.0 is generally specified as a “HiPath 3000/ 5000 V5.0 product” and “HiPath 3000 optiClient Attendant V7.0 feature”.

  • Page 754: Upgrading Opticlient Attendant V6.0 -> V7.0 As Part Of An Upgrade To

    Licensing optiClient Attendant 8.5.3 Upgrading optiClient Attendant V6.0 –> V7.0 As Part of an Upgrade to HiPath 3000 V5.0. As part of the upgrade to HiPath 3000 V5.0, the licensing procedure for optiClient Attendant changes: HiPath 3000 < V5.0 HiPath 3000 V5.0 Licensing is performed on the optiClient At- –>...
  • Page 755 Depending on the model, up to six optiClient Attendants can be started per system. When the HiPath 3000 is started for the first time, a 30-day grace period begins. Dur- ing this time, all HiPath 3000 features that require licensing (including optiClient At- tendant) can be operated without a license.

  • Page 756: Upgrade Opticlient Attendant V6.0 -> V7.0 On Hipath 3000 < V5.0

    Licensing optiClient Attendant 8.5.4 Upgrade optiClient Attendant V6.0 –> V7.0 on HiPath 3000 < V5.0 As part of the optiClient Attendant upgrade, licensing is also upgraded from V6.0 to V7.0. In order to ensure unique licensing, the new license file is linked with the MAC address of the CLA...
  • Page 757 In this case, the CLS generates a license key for the CLA PC, and not for HiPath 3000. Note: For CLS, an optiClient Attendant V7.0 is generally specified as a “HiPath 3000/ 5000 V5.0 product” and “HiPath 3000 optiClient Attendant V7.0 feature”.

  • Page 758: Changing Licenses On An Opticlient Attendant V7.0 As Part Of An Upgrade To Hipath 3000 V5.0

    8.5.5 Changing Licenses on an optiClient Attendant V7.0 As Part of an Upgrade to HiPath 3000 V5.0 As part of the upgrade to HiPath 3000 V5.0, the licensing procedure for optiClient Attendant changes: HiPath 3000 < V5.0 HiPath 3000 V5.0 Licensing is performed on the optiClient At- –>...
  • Page 759 Depending on the model, up to six optiClient Attendants can be started per system. When the HiPath 3000 is started for the first time, a 30-day grace period begins. Dur- ing this time, all HiPath 3000 features that require licensing (including optiClient At- tendant) can be operated without a license.

  • Page 760: Protection Against License Manipulation

    The full functionality of the CLA on this PC can only be restored by means of a repair or a reinstallation (see the License Agent Installation Manual). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 8-36 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 761: Overview

    ECR with HiPath 3700, HiPath 3500, HiPath 3300 (not for U.S. and Canada), page 9-8 ● Connecting Special Equipment, page 9-24 ● Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V5.0, page 9-29 Hardware Upgrade, page 9-29 ● Software Upgrade, page 9-31 ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 762: Table 9-1 Startup Rules For Inserting And Removing Boards

    ● The station numbers on the new board can be in any order. Using HiPath 3000 Manager E or Assistant T, you can assign a spe- cific station to a port. If the number is already assigned to a different object, you can switch both numbers.
  • Page 763 In the case of subscriber line modules, you can use HiPath 3000 Man- ager E to retain the old station data by copying it to the new board, or you can delete it and reset the default state.

  • Page 764: Table 9-2 Startup Rules For Inserting And Removing Boards

    ● The station numbers on the new board can be in any order. Using HiPath 3000 Manager E or Assistant T, you can assign a spe- cific station to a port. If the number is already assigned to a different object, you can switch both numbers.
  • Page 765 However, the CDB area used by the old board is left as a gap. In the case of subscriber line modules, you can use HiPath 3000 Man- ager E to retain the old station data by copying it to the new board, or you can delete it and reset the default state.

  • Page 766: Connecting A Printer

    7 GND 1) Frame ground 2) Signal ground Figure 9-1 Sample Connection of a CDR Printer to HiPath 3000 Information on assigning V.24 interfaces from other systems is provided in the board descrip- tions in Chapter 3. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 767 Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Output formats For information about the output formats (compressed or uncompressed) for call detail record- ing central, see HiPath 3000/5000 Feature Description. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 768: Ecr With Hipath 3700, Hipath 3500, Hipath 3300 (Not For U.s. And Canada)

    ● enough to provide power to the overall telephone configuration (corded or cordless tele- phones). In this case, the EPSU2-R external power supply unit should be installed in the ECR. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 769: Ecr Control, Display, And Connecting Elements

    Batteries/EPSU2-R [2] output voltage to UPSC-DR for HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 ● Batteries output voltage [2] to UPSM for HiPath 3700 Clip [3] ● Attach the braided screen of the connection cable (to the jack [2]) here. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 770: Figure 9-3 Ecr Rear Panel With Connecting Elements

    LED [5] for the -48-V output voltage (DC output) in the EPSU2-R (see Table 9-3) ● LED [6] for the line input voltage (AC input) in the EPSU2-R (see Table 9-3) ● Figure 9-3 ECR Rear Panel With Connecting Elements P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-10 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 771 (power failure or system powered by batteries, including addition- al power). No AC input voltage (power outage) and batteries are empty, or the EPSU2-R fuse is defective or was removed (by turning to the left). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-11 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 772: Components

    The expansion cabinet rack ECR can be installed in a 19-inch cabinet (see Section 4.4.4.5). ● mounted on a wall (see Section 4.4.4.4). ● set up on a table using four adhesive mounting feet. ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-12 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 773: Expansion Cabinet Rack Ecr With Batteries

    +48 V 4 batteries –48 V UP2 12 V/7 Ah F1 T6.3 A –48 V BatB +48 V Figure 9-4 HiPath 3700, HiPath 3500, HiPath 3300 - ECR With Batteries P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-13 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 774: Figure 9-5 Ecr With Built-In Batteries

    (6.3 A/T) in the front panel of the ECR. When shipping an ECR with built-in batteries, the batteries must be removed before- hand. Figure 9-5 ECR With Built-In Batteries P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-14 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 775: Installing Batteries

    Remove the ECR housing cover: To do this, remove the three screws at the rear and slide the housing cover back. Remove the mounting screw [A] on the battery retainer [B]. Remove the battery retainer and set aside. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-15 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 776 Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Step Activity Insert the batteries carefully in the recesses provided [C]. Replace the battery retainer and secure the mounting screw. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-16 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 777 Insert the battery fuse (ECR front panel) (see Section 9.2.4.1). Set the switches for battery voltage and line voltage on the ECR’s front panel to "On" (see Section 9.2.4.1). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-17 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 778: Expansion Cabinet Rack Ecr With Batteries And Epsu2-R

    ECR and the power supply unit of the system (UPSC-DR). The connection cable be- tween the expansion cabinet rack ECR and the system cabinet is also provided. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-18 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 779 (6.3 A/T) in the front panel of the ECR. When shipping an ECR with built-in batteries, the batteries must be removed before- hand. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-19 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 780: Figure 9-7 Ecr With Built-In Epsu2-R

    Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 EPSU2-R Figure 9-7 ECR with Built-In EPSU2-R P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-20 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 781: Connecting A Fan (If Needed)

    Insert the battery fuse (ECR front panel) (see Section 9.2.4.1). Set the switches for battery voltage and line voltage on the ECR’s front panel to "On" (see Section 9.2.4.1). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-21 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 782: Figure 9-8 Connecting The Fan To The Epsu2-R

    Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Expanding HiPath 3000 Figure 9-8 Connecting the Fan to the EPSU2-R P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-22 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 783: Figure 9-9 Placement Of The Fan In The Ecr

    If you install the fan at a later time, you must make sure that the identification ([B] in Figure 9- 9) is in the upper right corner when viewed from outside. Figure 9-9 Placement of the Fan in the ECR P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-23 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 784: Connecting Special Equipment

    1 µF/250 V for each to the T/R analog port Amplifier Figure 9-11 Direct Connection of Entrance Telephones P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-24 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 785: Information On Third-Party Entrance Telephones

    The plus product DoorCom Analog is a universal entrance telephone adapter box for Siedle entrance telephones (such as the Vario TLM 612). It is released for use with all HiPath 3000 systems, V1.2 and later. It is connected to an analog port in the system. DoorCom Analog behaves like an analog tele- phone (DTMF tone dialing, detection, and control).
  • Page 786 Flags = Missed Calls List Device control features (open doors, select entrance telephone, etc.) can be programmed on procedure keys. The stored DTMF signal sequence is sent to the application. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-26 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 787: Connecting Speakers

    HiPath 3000 Amplifier SLA/SLAS Starting contact REAL/STRBR/ STRBR HiPath 3000 Active speak- ers only SLA/SLAS HiPath 3000 Amplifier SLA/SLAS Starting contact Figure 9-13 Connecting Speakers to an Analog Station Port P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-27 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 788: Figure 9-14 Connecting Speakers To An Analog Trunk Port

    Connecting speakers to an analog trunk port Active speakers HiPath 3000 only TML/TLA HiPath 3000 Amplifier TML/TLA Starting contact REAL/STRB Figure 9-14 Connecting Speakers to an Analog Trunk Port P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-28 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 789: Upgrading Hipath 3000 To V5.0

    Hardware Upgrade The following hardware requirements apply to HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 and higher. Contol Boards If the control board necessary for operating HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 and higher is not available, a replacement must be performed. System Control board necessary for HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 and higher...
  • Page 790 HG 1500 boards The HG 1500 boards listed in the following table are necessary for using the HG 1500 function- ality with HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 and higher. Unnamed HG 1500 boards must be replaced. System HG 1500 board required for HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 and higher...

  • Page 791: Software Upgrade

    HG 1500 board System clients station HG 1500 board slot 6 slot 6 station: HG 1500 gateway HFA clients Lines Figure 9-15 Differences Between V4.0 and V5.0 Configurations P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-31 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 792 Open V4.0 CDB using HiPath Open V4.0 CDB using HiPath 3000 Manager E. 3000 Manager E. Figure 9-16 Flowchart for CDB Conversion from V4.0 –> V5.0 (Part 1 of 4) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-32 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 793: Figure 9-17 Flowchart For Cdb Conversion From V4.0 -> V5.0 (Part 2 Of 4)

    V5.0 conversion complete. Check whether the number of all Save CDB. configured stations and lines is 0. Figure 9-17 Flowchart for CDB Conversion from V4.0 –> V5.0 (Part 2 of 4) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-33 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 794: Figure 9-18 Flowchart For Cdb Conversion From V4.0 -> V5.0 (Part 3 Of 4)

    Enter the number of lines re- quired. Configure all V4.0 HFA clients as H.323 clients. Figure 9-18 Flowchart for CDB Conversion from V4.0 –> V5.0 (Part 3 of 4) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-34 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 795: Figure 9-19 Flowchart For Cdb Conversion From V4.0 -> V5.0 (Part 4 Of 4)

    Define the slot(s) for the HG 1500 gateway. Configure S stations. V5.0 conversion complete. Save CDB. Figure 9-19 Flowchart for CDB Conversion from V4.0 –> V5.0 (Part 4 of 4) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-35 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 796 Expanding and Upgrading HiPath 3000 Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V5.0 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 9-36 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 797: Workpoint Clients

    Comparison of optiset E adapters and optiPoint 500 adapters Maximum Configuration for UP0/E Workpoint Clients, Add-On Devices and Adapters, ● page 10-31 optiPoint 600 office, page 10-33 optiLog 4me, page 10-36 optiset E Privacy Module, page 10-37 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-1 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 798 Dynamic Configuration Rules – Determining the Number of HG 1500 Boards Required – Sample Calculation – Notes on the Maintenance of Gateway Channels HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 or later optiPoint Accessories, page 10-87 External AC Adapters, page 10-87 ● Headsets, page 10-90 ●...

  • Page 799: Optipoint 500

    500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy) and because the adapters are plug "n" play". You can find information not contained in this chapter in the optiPoint 500 Service Manual. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-3 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 800 Instructions" (refer to Section 1.6, “Information on the Intranet”: Electronic Docu- mentation on Com ESY Products). – with the “Online Key Labeling Tool” that can be downloaded from http://www.sie- mens.com/hipath (–> Downloads). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-4 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 801: Optipoint 500 Telephones

    500 10.2.1 optiPoint 500 Telephones 10.2.1.1 optiPoint 500 entry Main features 8 function keys (can be modified with HiPath 3000 Manager E) with LEDs (see Page 10-4) ● Open listening ● 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus) and pitch ●...

  • Page 802: Optipoint 500 Economy (Not For U.s.)

    10.2.1.2 optiPoint 500 economy (not for U.S.) Main features 12 function keys (4 can be changed using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 8 freely programmable) ● with LEDs (see Page 10-4) Alphanumeric LCD swivel display with 2 lines, 24 characters each ●...

  • Page 803: Optipoint 500 Basic

    500 10.2.1.3 optiPoint 500 basic Main features 12 function keys (4 can be changed using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 8 freely programmable) ● with LEDs (see Page 10-4) Alphanumeric LCD swivel display with 2 lines, 24 characters each ●...

  • Page 804: Optipoint 500 Standard, Optipoint 500 Standard Sl (For U.s. Only)

    Note: optiPoint 500 standard and optiPoint 500 standard SL (for U.S. only) function exactly the same on HiPath 3000 systems. Main features 12 function keys (4 can be changed using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 8 freely programmable) ● with LEDs (see Page 10-4) Alphanumeric LCD swivel display with 2 lines, 24 characters each ●...

  • Page 805: Figure 10-4 Optipoint 500 Standard - Standard Key Assignment (Default)

    Number redial Programmable Microphone on/off Programmable Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-4 optiPoint 500 standard - Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.2.1.6 for connection requirements. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-9 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 806: Optipoint 500 Advance

    10.2.1.5 optiPoint 500 advance Main features 19 function keys (4 can be changed using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 15 freely programma- ● ble) with LEDs (see Page 10-4) Alphanumeric LCD display (swivel) with 2 lines, 24 characters each. Background lighting ●...

  • Page 807: Figure 10-5 Optipoint 500 Advance - Standard Key Assignment (Default)

    Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-5 optiPoint 500 advance - Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.2.1.6 for connection requirements. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-11 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 808: Connection Requirements For Hipath 3000

    The device can also be connected to an existing optiPoint 500 telephone (except for > optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy) as a client telephone (using an op- tiPoint Phone Adapter). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-12 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 809: Connection

    LEDs on the add-on devices (AODs), if connected, light up briefly (AOD LEDs do not ● necessarily flash at the same time as the LEDs on the telephone) all pixels on the display activate briefly. ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-13 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 810: Connections On The Bottom Of The Telephone

    MW8 (RJ45) connection jack for HiPath 3000 MW4 (RJ8) connection jacks: Upper = headset equip- ment Lower = handset Option bays (see Figure 10-10) Figure 10-6 optiPoint 500 Connection Options P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-14 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 811: Usb 1.1 Interface

    CTI application). optiClient Attendant - the professional PC attendant console is connected over the > USB 1.1 interface of the optiPoint 500 basic, optiPoint 500 standard or optiPoint 500 advance. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-15 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 812: Optipoint 500 Add-On Devices

    The user usually installs the add-on devices. The installation instructions are on the “Electronic Operating Instructions” CD. Caution Always disconnect the line cord before connecting add-on devices to the telephone. Refer to the HiPath 3000/5000 Feature Description for model-specific data for the optiPoint key module and the optiPoint BLF. 10.2.2.1 optiPoint Key Module The optiPoint key module is an add-on device that should be mounted on the side of the tele- phone;...

  • Page 813: Optipoint Blf

    Power is supplied using a power supply unit (see Section 10.7.1.1) that can supply power to up to two optiPoint BLFs. The power supply unit must be plugged directly into the designated op- tiPoint BLF port. Figure 10-8 optiPoint BLF P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-17 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 814: Programming Add-On Devices

    An inserted add-on device automatically registers with the system and is then ready for opera- tion. Keys can be programmed via HiPath 3000 Manager E or the respective telephone set. If you replace the device, the information programmed under the keys is maintained (stored in the customer database).

  • Page 815: Possible Configurations For The Add-On Devices

    500 basic, optiPoint 500 standard or optiPoint 500 advance Figure 10-9 optiPoint 500 Possible Configurations for Key Modules P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-19 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 816: Optipoint 500 Adapters

    Option bays Option bays: 2 x for optiPoint 500 ● advance (shown here) 1 x for optiPoint 500 ● basic and optiPoint 500 standard Figure 10-10 optiPoint 500 Option Bays P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-20 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 817: Optipoint Analog Adapter

    Supports only DTMF with Flash ● No ground signaling allowed ● Does not support: VoiceMail server with T/R interface, message waiting lamp, dictating ● equipment, speaker, announcement device (such as start/stop). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-21 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 818: Optipoint Isdn Adapter

    – Maximum 200 m (656 feet) with a cable impedance of 150 ohms (complies with CCITT recommendation I.430) The NT terminating resistors are integrated into the ISDN adapter. ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-22 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 819: Optipoint Phone Adapter

    The maximum range between the host and client telephones is approximately 100 m (328 feet) (for J-Y (ST) 2x2x0.6, ∅ 0.6 mm). MW6 (RJ11) socket assignments: Signal Free AUX – (a) – P0/E P0/E AUX + (b) Free Figure 10-13 optiPoint Phone Adapter P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-23 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 820: Figure 10-14 Example Of A Host-Client Configuration

    MW wall outlets Local power sup- Local power supply ply (optional) (optional) Client Host optiPoint 500 telephone with optiPoint optiPoint 500 telephone phone adapter Figure 10-14 Example of a Host-Client Configuration P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-24 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 821: Optipoint Acoustic Adapter

    Point acoustic adapter are muted in the “Mute” audio state. Ring, alarm and key tones are transferred to the internal loudspeaker and not to an external ● loudspeaker connected to the optiPoint acoustic adapter. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-25 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 822: Figure 10-16 Y Cable For Optipoint Acoustic Adapter

    (LED, relay, etc.) The signaling equipment must have its own power supply. The contact can be loaded with up to 5 W at 24 Vac or 60 Vdc. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-26 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 823 This can be used, for example, to control a secondary bell. The contact can be loaded with up to 5 W at 24 Vac or 60 Vdc. Free – P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-27 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 824: Optipoint Recorder Adapter

    Frequency progression: 300 to 3000 Hz ± 3 dB Beep tone level: -26 dBm to -18 dBm at a 600 Ω load Max. input level: 650 mVeff from a 600 Ω source Figure 10-17 optiPoint Recorder Adapter P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-28 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 825: Possible Optipoint Adapter Configurations

    Section 10.2.4 shows the maximum number of adapters and add-on devices that can be con- nected to HiPath 3000/5000. The limits also include the client telephones connected over opti- Point phone adapters and the analog telephones connected over optiPoint analog adapters.

  • Page 826: Comparison Of Optiset E Adapters And Optipoint 500 Adapters

    USB interface control adapter ISDN adapter ISDN adapter acoustic adapter acoustic adapter contact adapter headset adapter headset plus adapter recorder adapter P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-30 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 827: Table 10-3 System-Specific Maximum Configuration For U P0/E Workpoint Clients, Add-On Devices, And Adapters

    – optiset E telephones Number per system 250/384 ● Number per box (the value in – – – – ● brackets applies to operation us- (120) ing a PSUI) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-31 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 828 HiPath 3750 or HiPath 3700 is not exceeded, the configuration can be tested using the project planning tool (intranet: http://intranet.mch4.siemens.de/syseng/perfeng/tools/hpt/index.htm). Testing is not required for configurations of up to 250 stations and 90 lines. Configurations that contain UCD/ACD or more than one SLC16/SLC16N or groups with more than ten stations should always be checked using the project planning tool.

  • Page 829: Optipoint 600 Office

    E memory. In CorNet IP mode, it functions as a high-end IP phone in the optiPoint 400 family. Main features 19 function keys (4 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 15 user-programmable) ● with LEDs Graphic LCD display (swivel) with 8 lines, each with 24 characters, touchscreen. Back- ●...
  • Page 830 Headset port optiset E headset adapter needed for headset connection Graphic LCD display with background lighting, LCD display without background lighting, no touchscreen touchscreen Supports card reader/writer Supports card reader P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-34 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 831 Connection of optiPoint 600 office over the IP interface: You can obtain further information ● in the installation and startup instructions (http://www.siemens.com/hipath (–> Down- loads)). Use HiPath 3000 Manager E to configure a workpoint client. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-35 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 832: Optilog 4Me

    10.4 optiLog 4me optiLog 4me is a digital, single-channel speech recording device designed for operation with the HiPath 3000/5000. It can record up to 2900 hours of telephone calls. Figure 10-19 optiLog 4me You can set the optiLog 4me to the following modes in both digital and analog telephones: Start Recorder ●...

  • Page 833: Optiset E Privacy Module

    The privacy module is supplied complete with a local power supply. The optiset E privacy module may be subject to import and export regulations. > P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-37 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 834: Ip Telephony (Voice Over Ip)

    Voice over IP (VoIP), that is, the transfer of voice data over IP networks, is enabled via the HG 1500 boards in HiPath 3000. Version 5.0 incorporates H.323 gatekeeper functions in the HiPath 3000 communication sys- tem and in the HiPath ComScendo Service (on HiPath 5000). This means that each HiPath 3000 system with at least one HG 1500 card and each HiPath ComScendo Service forms a separate gatekeeper zone, to which the registered IP workpoint clients also belong.
  • Page 835 In systems with just one HG 1500 board, this board functions both as a signaling gateway and a media gateway. A "Release gateway resources" flag must be activated for this in HiPath 3000 Manager E. Otherwise no resources can be assigned.

  • Page 836: Optipoint 410 And Optipoint 420

    The IP telephones in the optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 families allow users to conduct tele- phone calls in the simple, familiar way over a data network. All HiPath 3000/5000 features that are offered interactively on the display, in the service menu, and on function keys are available (except for Relocate).

  • Page 837: Optipoint 410 Telephones

    CTI (for example, via TAPI 3rd party) ● 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection ● 8 function keys (can be modified with HiPath 3000 Manager E) with LEDs ● 2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus) and pitch ● Suitable for wall mounting ●...
  • Page 838 Number redial Message Callback Speed dialing Microphone on/off Loudspeaker Disconnect Figure 10-20 optiPoint 410 entry - Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.6.1.3 for information on connection and startup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-42 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 839: Optipoint 410 Economy

    CTI (for example, via TAPI 3rd party) ● 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection ● 12 function keys (4 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 8 user-programmable) with ● LEDs Alphanumeric LCD swivel display with 2 lines, 24 characters each ●...

  • Page 840: Figure 10-21 Optipoint 410 Economy - Standard Key Assignment (Default)

    Microphone on/off Programmable Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-21 optiPoint 410 economy - Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.6.1.3 for information on connection and startup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-44 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 841: Optipoint 410 Standard

    1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection ● 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection ● 12 function keys (4 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 8 user-programmable) with ● LEDs Alphanumeric LCD swivel display with 2 lines, 24 characters each ●...

  • Page 842: Figure 10-22 Optipoint 410 Standard - Standard Key Assignment (Default)

    Microphone on/off Programmable Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-22 optiPoint 410 standard - Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.6.1.3 for information on connection and startup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-46 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 843: Optipoint 410 Advance

    1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection ● 1 integrated USB 1.1 interface ● 19 function keys (4 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 15 user-programmable) ● with LEDs Graphic display (swivel) with 4 lines, 24 characters each ●...

  • Page 844: Figure 10-23 Optipoint 410 Advance - Standard Key Assignment (Default)

    Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-23 optiPoint 410 advance - Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.6.1.3 for information on connection and startup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-48 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 845: Optipoint 420 Telephones

    CTI (for example, via TAPI 1st Party) ● 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection ● 12 function keys (5 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 7 user-programmable) with ● LEDs and self-labeling keys Graphic display (swivel) with 2 lines, 24 characters each ●...

  • Page 846: Figure 10-24 Optipoint 420 Economy - Standard Key Assignment (Default)

    Programmable Microphone on/off Programmable Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-24 optiPoint 420 economy - Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.6.1.3 for information on connection and startup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-50 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 847: Optipoint 420 Economy Plus

    1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection ● 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection ● 12 function keys (5 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 7 user-programmable) with ● LEDs and self-labeling keys Graphic display (swivel) with 2 lines, 24 characters each ●...

  • Page 848: Figure 10-25 Optipoint 420 Economy - Standard Key Assignment (Default)

    Programmable Microphone on/off Programmable Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-25 optiPoint 420 economy - Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.6.1.3 for information on connection and startup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-52 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 849: Optipoint 420 Standard

    1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection ● 1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection ● 12 function keys (5 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 7 user-programmable) with ● LEDs and self-labeling keys Graphic display (swivel) with 2 lines, 24 characters each ●...

  • Page 850: Figure 10-26 Optipoint 420 Standard - Standard Key Assignment (Default)

    Programmable Microphone on/off Programmable Loudspeaker Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-26 optiPoint 420 standard - Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.6.1.3 for information on connection and startup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-54 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 851: Optipoint 420 Advance

    1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection ● 1 integrated USB 1.1 interface ● 18 function keys (5 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 13 user-programmable) ● with LEDs and self-labeling keys Graphic display (swivel) with 4 lines, 24 characters each ●...

  • Page 852: Figure 10-27 Optipoint 420 Advance - Standard Key Assignment (Default)

    Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Disconnect Figure 10-27 optiPoint 420 advance - Standard Key Assignment (Default) Refer to Section 10.6.1.3 for information on connection and startup. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-56 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 853: Connection And Startup

    The optiPoint 410/420 Administrator Manual contains information on how to connect and start up optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 telephones. Use HiPath 3000 Manager E to configure an optiPoint IP telephone for HiPath 3000/5000. The optiPoint IP telephone software can be upgraded using: the Deployment Tool.

  • Page 854: Connections On The Bottom Of The Telephone

    IP Telephony (Voice over IP) 10.6.1.3.1 Connections on the Bottom of the Telephone optiPoint 410 entry optiPoint 410/420 standard optiPoint 410/420 advance Figure 10-28 optiPoint 410/optiPoint 420 - Connection Options P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-58 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 855: Table 10-5 Optipoint 410/Optipoint 420 - Description Of Connections

    Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC Headset (121 TR 9-5) Adapter 1 Adapter 2 USB interface No local power supply is required if power is provided via the Ethernet cable (Power over LAN). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-59 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 856: Optipoint 410 And Optipoint 420 Add-On Devices

    It is also possible to program call numbers without LED support on the second level. These can be internal station numbers, DID call numbers and call numbers from a HiPath network. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-60 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 857: Optipoint 410 Display Module

    Access to company-wide telephone directory via LDAP ● WAP browser ● Voice-controlled dialing ● Call list containing all incoming and outgoing calls ● Speed-dialing list ● Online help ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-61 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 858 The connection to the telephone is made over an interface cable with the following connectors: input MW6, output MW8. The power supply is ensured via the connected telephone. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-62 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 859: Possible Configurations For The Add-On Devices

    420 economy plus): optiPoint Acoustic Adapter ● Note: Floating contacts are not supported when using the adapter on optiPoint 410 and op- tiPoint 420. optiPoint Recorder Adapter ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-63 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 860: Opticlient 130 V5.0

    Information on installation can be found in the readme file on the optiClient 130 V5.0 product software CD. Use HiPath 3000 Manager E to configure a workpoint client for HiPath 3000/5000. optiClient 130 V5.0 software can be upgraded automatically. This can be started on a user-spe- cific basis during login, cyclically or can be skipped.

  • Page 861: Hipath Ap 1120

    Information on connecting and configuring the HiPath AP 1120 terminal adapter can be ob- tained from the Installation Manual (Configuration Tools and Documentation) and the Adminis- tration Manual (http://www.siemens.com/hipath (–> Downloads)). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-65 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 862: Hg 1500: Determining The Number Of Hg 1500 Boards Required

    10.6.4.1 Static Configuration Rules In HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0, HG 1500 provides the resources named in Table 10-7 via the HG 1500 boards defined as media gateways (= gateway HG 1500, see Page 10-39). Table 10-8 shows the board-specific capacity limits (maximum configuration) for the corre- sponding functions.
  • Page 863 1 without PDMX PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PDM1 PPP Routing Partner vCAPI clients IP workpoint clients that support vCAPI. MOH data streams PDMX is not currently released. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-67 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 864: Dynamic Configuration Rules

    Number of Required Gateway Channels (HG 1500 Boards) IP workpoint clients in the system Required number of gateway channels 0 – 3 4 – 12 13 – 16 17 – 38 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-68 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 865: Moh Channels (G.711, G.723, G.729)

    A DSP channel is used to provide MOH for IP workpoint clients. Depending on the configuration (HiPath 3000 Manager E), up to five DSP channels can be used for MOH. A maximum of 10 MOH data streams per HG 1500 board are possible. This means that up to 10 IP workpoint clients can simultaneously hear MOH.

  • Page 866: Ip Networking Channels (Pbx Networking Channels)

    A connection request is rejected if a required resource is unavailable. HiPath 3000 Manager E is used to define how many of the maximum number of lines are to be configured as IP networking channels (IP network trunks). The maximum number of IP network trunks can be found in Table 2-7.

  • Page 867: Isdn Routing/Ppp Channels

    T.38. Alternatively, G.711 gateway channels can be used for fax transmis- sion. Note: The number of G.711 gateway channels available is reduced as soon as the DMC inter- working feature is activated with HiPath 3000 Manager E. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-71...

  • Page 868: Determining The Number Of Hg 1500 Boards Required

    IP workpoint clients: system client, HFA cli- 0.82 ed H.235 security (in- ent, H.323 client (8 calls per hour) dependent of the IP networking channel (25 calls per hour) WBM setting "En- hanced B Channels") P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-72 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 869 Voice gateway channel routing over PPP: G.729 with packetizing of 3 (60 msec) G.729 with packetizing of 1 (20 msec) G.723 with packetizing of 3 (60 msec) G.723 with packetizing of 1 (30 msec) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-73 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 870 With AES encryption and 100-byte packet 84 for 100 packets/ length sec. With 3DES encryption and 100-byte packet 93 for 100 packets/ length sec. VCAPI services: Fax channel Data channel P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-74 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 871: Sample Calculation

    HXGM3 board can provide. The configuration is feasible. Note: The configuration is not feasible for HXGS3 and HXGR3 because the static configuration rules only permit up to 16 channels per board. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-75 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 872: Calculation Example 2: 96 Ip Workpoint Clients And

    WBM.) Total = 461.16 The specified performance requirement of 461.16 points is below the 980 total performance points that the HXGM3 board can provide. The configuration is feasible. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-76 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 873: Access To Hipath 3750, Hipath 3700

    WBM.) Total = 648.0 The specified performance requirement of 648.0 points is below the 980 total performance points that the HXGM3 board can provide. The configuration is feasible. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-77 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 874 WBM.) Total = 738.0 The specified performance requirement of 738.0 points is below the 980 total performance points that the HXGM3 board can provide. The configuration is feasible. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-78 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 875: Calculation Example 4: Ip Networking Connections And Voice Over

    6 x 54.0 = 324.0 Total = 680.8 The specified performance requirement of 680.8 points is below the 980 total performance points that the HXGM3 board can provide. The configuration is feasible. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-79 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 876: Calculation Example 5: Virtual Private Network Vpn

    737.6 The specified performance requirement of 737.6 points is below the 980 total performance points that the HXGM3 board can provide. This configuration is feasible for the central office. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-80 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 877 Total = 696.1 The determined resource requirement of 696.1 points is less than the overall performance of 780 points which the HXGR3 board can provide. The branch configuration is feasible. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-81 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 878: Calculation Example 6: Connecting Teleworkers Via Vpn

    WBM.) Total = 788.72 The specified performance requirement of 788.72 points is below the 980 total performance points that the HXGM3 board can provide. The configuration is feasible. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-82 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 879 Workpoint Clients IP Telephony (Voice over IP) Bandwidth requirement For information on bandwidths, refer to the System Description HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 Bandwidth calculation Bandwidth Totals 8 channels with AES encryption, 8 x 44.3 Kbps 354.4 Kbps G.723 with a sample rate of 30 msec Data transfer 512.0 Kbps...

  • Page 880: Remaining Bandwidth For Voice Transmission

    IP networking connections. Function Resource require- ment (credit point) Signaling without IP Networking Channel (25 calls per hour) H.235 security (inde- pendent of the WBM setting "Enhanced B Channels") P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-84 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 881 Each IP networking connection requires 92.2 performance points. Up to four simultaneous connections are possible with the 385 performance points available for networking connections (385 / 92.2 = 4.18). Bandwidth requirement For information on bandwidths, refer to the System Description HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0. Bandwidth calculation Bandwidth Totals...

  • Page 882: Notes On The Maintenance Of Gateway Channels Hipath

    Workpoint Clients IP Telephony (Voice over IP) 10.6.4.5 Notes on the Maintenance of Gateway Channels HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 or later In V5.0 and later, when a number of trunks is configured for IP networking with Hi- > Path 3000 Manager E(IP networking channels), this no longer results in the reser- vation of B channels.

  • Page 883: External Ac Adapters

    Line voltage: 220 (230) Vac ● AC line frequency: 47 ... 53 Hz ● Output voltage: Max. 50 Vdc, min. 30 Vdc ● Output current: Max. 250 mA ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-87 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 884 "digital" device jack HiPath 3750 From optiPoint 500 adapter (for example, here the optiPoint analog adapter) optiPoint 500 Telephone Figure 10-32 Example of an External AC Adapter Connection P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-88 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 885: Ac Adapter For Optipoint 410 And Optipoint 420

    60 Hz Output voltage max. 43 VDC, max. 43 VDC, max. 43 VDC, min. 30 VDC min. 30 VDC min. 30 VDC Output current 480 mA 480 mA 480 mA P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-89 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 886: Headsets

    Note: A headset key can be configured for optiPoint or optiset E telephones. This allows the user to take calls and to toggle between the handset and the headset. Figure 10-33 Example of a Corded and a Cordless Headset P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-90 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 887 Accepting and ending calls using the headset keys is only supported if the connection is established using an optiPoint acoustic adapter. Information on connecting the headset is provided in the relevant installation instructions. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-91 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 888: Attendant Console Versions

    A specially equipped optiPoint 500 basic, optiPoint 500 standard, optiPoint 500 advance or op- tiPoint 600 office can perform switching services for HiPath 3000/5000. This optiPoint Attendant simultaneously serves as the intercept position. It is the destination for all incoming non-DID calls and calls which the call-allocation algorithms are unable to route to users (intercept calls).

  • Page 889: Opticlient Attendant

    Attendant is a PC-based attendant console for HiPath 3000/5000, which can be used up to six times per system. The optiClient Attendant can also be operated as a central attendant console in a HiPath 3000/ 5000 network. The new version 7.0 replaces the previous optiClient Attendant V6.0 for all connection types ((V.24, USB and TCP/IP).
  • Page 890 Sorting of the busy lamp field or parts of the busy lamp field according to call number or alphabetically – Name definition for BLFs – Definition of titles for groups of busy lamp field stations P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-94 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 891 Client Attendant per network). To enable network-wide BLF functionality, all attendant consoles must be connected to one of the network’s HiPath 3000 nodes and registered. This functionality is independent of the optiClient Attendant connection type (V.24, USB or TCP/IP). For the net- work-wide Busy Lamp Field function all decentralized systems send their station states (e.g.
  • Page 892 USB port on the PC. For operation using optiset E control adapters: optiset E telephone with free adapter slot ● and a free port on the PC (COM port 1-4). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-96 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 893 CD. The optiClient Attendant operating instructions are described in detail in the optiClient Atten- dant Operating Manual for HiPath 3000/5000 which is on the "Electronic Operating Instruc- tions" CD (see Section 1.6, “Information on the Intranet”: Electronic Documentation on Com ESY Products).

  • Page 894: Mobile Telephones For Hipath Cordless Office

    – Talk time: up to 13 hours Dimensions (L × W × D in mm): 147 × 54 × 26 ● Weight (including battery cells): approx. 130 g ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-98 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 895: Gigaset Sl1 Professional

    Dimensions (L × W × D in mm): 114 × 47 × 22 ● Weight (including battery cells): approx. 100 g ● Operating temperature (mobile telephone): +5 °C to +45 °C (41 °F to 113 °F) ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-99 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 896: Gigaset M1 Professional

    – Dustproof – Break- and shockproof – Silicon-free interface – Sturdy carry clip Interference resistance conforming to EN 50 082-2 (industry standard) ● Acoustics optimized for industrial environments ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-100 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 897: Gigaset Active M

    Modified key layout (for use with protective gloves) – Illuminated display – Silicon-free interface – Sturdy carry clip Interference resistance conforming to EN 50 082-2 (industry standard) ● Acoustics optimized for industrial environments ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-101 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 898: Gigaset Active Ex

    Modified key layout (for use with protective gloves) – Silicon-free interface – Sturdy carry clip Interference resistance conforming to EN 50 082-2 (industry standard) ● Acoustics optimized for industrial environments ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-102 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 899 Dimensions (L × W × D in mm): 160 × 55 × 25 ● Weight (including battery cells): approx. 160 g ● Operating temperature (mobile telephone): –10 °C to +40 °C (14 °F to 104 °F) ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-103 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 900: Logging Mobile Telephones On To The System

    (such as 125) The login window remains open for ten minutes per station. The handset must log on during this period (refer to Page 10-105). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-104 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 901: Logging On The Mobile Telephone

    After logging on and releasing a handset, always turn on the out-of-range warning signal. For more information, refer to the operating instructions (see Section 1.6, “Information on the Intra- net”: Electronic Documentation on Com ESY Products). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 10-105 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 902: Checking The Login Status Of The Mobile Telephones

    10.9.6.3 Checking the Login Status of the Mobile Telephones The current login status of mobile telephones can be checked using HiPath 3000 Manager E in the system view (“Cordless ...” dialog in the “Options” menu) and the station view. 10.9.6.4...

  • Page 903: Analog Telephones For Hipath 3000

    Analog Telephones for HiPath 3000 You can connect dial pulsing (DP) and DTMF telephones (such as group 3 fax machines and modems, answering machines, or entrance telephones) to the analog ports in the HiPath 3000. Boards for connecting analog telephones...

  • Page 904: Isdn Terminals For Hipath 3000

    ISDN Terminals for HiPath 3000 An S bus in the HiPath 3000 system family can support up to eight ISDN terminals. Each ter- minal can be dialed selectively under its multiple subscriber number or station number. The features that can be activated depend on the type of S terminal used.

  • Page 905: Hipath Cordless Office

    System Configuration, page 11-3 Technical Data for Base Stations, page 11-4 Power-Related Capacity Limits, page 11-6 Multi-SLC and System-Wide Networking, page 11-10 Planning Notes for Networked HiPath 3000 Systems Featuring Network-Wide Roaming, page 11-12 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 11-1 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 906: Introduction

    HiPath Cordless Office Introduction 11.2 Introduction For HiPath 3000 V1.2 and later, HiPath Cordless Office can be used on all systems of this prod- uct line. Direct connection The BS3/1 (S30807-H5482-X) and BS4 (S30807-U5491-X) base stations can be connected di-...

  • Page 907: System Configuration

    CMA or CMS is necessary ● analog trunk access is possible. ● Table 11-1 HiPath Cordless Office - System Configuration for HiPath 3000 V5.0 Maximum number of base sta- Simultaneous Max. no. tions BS with connection via calls per BS P0/E –...

  • Page 908: Technical Data For Base Stations

    - 5 to + 50 - 20 to + 45 Relative humidity – – – up to 95% BS3/1 base station Figure 11-1 BS3/1 S30807-H5482-X Base Station P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 11-4 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 909: Figure 11-2 Bs3/1 (Bs3/S) And Bs3/3 In The Outdoor Cover S30122-X7469-X

    Figure 11-2 BS3/1 (BS3/S) and BS3/3 in the Outdoor Cover S30122-X7469-X For information on the various outdoor cover mounting options, refer to the HiPath Cordless Of- fice Service Manual. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 11-5 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 910: Power-Related Capacity Limits

    Connected to SLC16 or SLC16N HiPath 3750 Number of Number of base stations Number of HiPath 3700 SLC16 SLA24N BS3/1 BS2/2 SLC16N SLMO24 BS3/3 connected via connected via P0/E P0/E Expansion cabinet P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 11-6 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 911 1 - 10 11 - 20 21 - 30 31 - 40 41 - 50 P0/E SLC16 or SLC16N optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 11-7 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 912 Maximum number of corded telephones of BS2/2s analog telephones 1 - 10 11 - 20 21 - 30 31 - 40 41 - 50 SLC16 or SLC16N optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 11-8 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 913 The internal power supply unit in the respective system is the main power source for the base stations. For more information on the various power supply options, please refer to Page 3-147. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 11-9 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 914: Multi-Slc And System-Wide Networking

    In the home cordless board range – In the current-location Cordless board range Handover from home to home – cordless board Handover from home to current-lo- cation cordless board P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 11-10 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 915 Example of a Cordless Extension Connection in Networked Systems Networked HiPath 3000 systems feature max. 64 networked systems ● accessible using a shared station number (roaming among the systems/nodes) ● call interruption when changing between systems/nodes ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 11-11 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 916: Figure 11-4 Incorrect Dect Configuration Of Networked Hipath

    DECT IDs must be con- figured in the individual systems. Network-wide roaming does not apply in this case. The following describes three different scenarios for networked HiPath 3000 systems. Scenario 1: Incorrect DECT Configuration of Networked HiPath 3000Systems Identical DECT IDs and overlapping radio areas result in incorrect handover causing a break- down in communication.
  • Page 917 HiPath Cordless Office Planning Notes for Networked HiPath 3000 Systems Featuring Network-Wide Roaming Scenario 2: Correct DECT Configuration when Networking HiPath 3000 Systems No incorrect handover due to identical DECT IDs despite overlapping radio areas. Disadvan- tage: network-wide roaming not possible.
  • Page 918 HiPath Cordless Office Planning Notes for Networked HiPath 3000 Systems Featuring Network-Wide Roaming P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 11-14 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 919: Service

    ● Guided Maintenance, page 12-23: Diagnosis Options, page 12-23 ● HiPath 3000 Error Messages (Entries in the Eventlog for HiPath 3000), page 12-48 ● HiPath 5000 Error Messages (Event Viewer Entries for HiPath 5000), page 12-57 ● Correcting Errors, page 12-70: Automatic Error Correction, page 12-70 ●...
  • Page 920 Controlled Release of a Remote Connection, page 12-77 ● Remote Administration and Access Using PPP, page 12-77 ● Security Features, page 12-79: Access Security, page 12-79 ● Automatic Logging of Administration Procedures, page 12-86 ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-2 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 921: Service And Maintenance Tasks

    However, by re-accessing the CDB backup on the MMC, the system’s database can be restored to the state it was in prior to the power outage. Regardless of the volume of changes to the database, HiPath 3000 always automatically per- forms a complete CDB backup at midnight, system-time.
  • Page 922 In the event of an error, the PDS files can be made available to the responsible Ser- vice Support contact for diagnostic purposes. The *.trc and *.dmp files stored in the diag subdirectory of the installation directory should also be supplied. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-4 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 923: Manual Customer Data Backup With Hipath 3000

    12.2.1.1.2 Manual Customer Data Backup with HiPath 3000 You can perform a manual CDB backup using HiPath 3000 Manager E (in online mode) or As- sistant T. However, be aware that it is not possible to deliberately abort a manual backup that is initiated using Assistant T.

  • Page 924: Customer Data Backup With Hipath Software Manager

    Definition The HiPath Software Manager supports, among other things, the backup of customer databas- es (Backup Manager) from all HiPath 3000/5000 systems in the same customer network (see also Section 12.2.6, “Backing Up System Components (Backup Manager)”). The CDB backups are stored in a directory which must be defined in advance. The data backup can either be started manually immediately or performed at a predefined time.
  • Page 925 Procedure: After replacing the board, load the "old" CDB from the customer disk to ● the system Step Activity Back up current CDB with HiPath 3000 Manager E. Disconnect the system from the power supply. Remove the MMC. Replace the central control board. Insert the MMC.

  • Page 926: Effects Of Hardware Changes On Customer Data

    Effects of Hardware Changes on Customer Data Any changes to the hardware must be made before creating a copy of the customer database using HiPath 3000 Manager E. You must ensure that the hardware configuration on the of HiPath 3000 is always current.
  • Page 927 In the case of subscriber line modules, you can use HiPath 3000 Manager E to retain the old station data by copying it to the new board, or you can delete it and reset the default state. Copying is not possible for trunk boards.

  • Page 928: Exchanging Workpoint Clients

    Add- on devices that are not plugged in retain their technical features. With the HiPath 3000 Manager E, you can delete the add-on devices that are not plugged in and remove the keys that are no longer available.

  • Page 929: Relocate/Transfer Application Processor Software (Aps)

    HiPath 3000 systems without HiPath Software Manager and ● HiPath 3000 systems with HiPath Software Manager. ● For networked HiPath 3000 systems with HiPath 5000 Server, an APS update can only be per- formed with HiPath Software Manager. 12.2.3.1 APS Replacement/Transfer for HiPath 3000 Systems Without HiPath Software Manager Two memory areas are reserved for the application processor software on the MMC.

  • Page 930: Aps Transfer

    12.2.3.1.2 APS transfer Options The APS Transfer feature is available with the HiPath 3000 Manager E. It facilitates an on-site APS transfer by connecting directly using the V.24 interface. ● an APS transfer via remote service from a central service center using the integrated an- ●...
  • Page 931 If the transfer connection is interrupted (due to a line interruption, for example), the entire ● APS transfer must be manually restarted via HiPath 3000 Manager E. The complete APS transfer is performed again. Since the software is written to the MMC in compressed format during APS transfer, it must ●...
  • Page 932 APS on the MMC is deactivated. This does not impede switching traffic. The deactivated area is now available for a new APS transfer. The positive or negative entry in the error memory is sent to the service center. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-14 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 933 An upgrade may also include modifications to hardware as well as error cor- rections. A software upgrade changes the name of the version, for example, from V1.0 to V2.0. A CDB conversion may be necessary. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-15 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 934 For APS transfer using HiPath Software Manager, the HiPath 3000/5000 TFTP server must be installed on a server in the customer LAN. All HiPath 3000 systems must be able to access this HiPath 3000/5000 TFTP server over IP. Other TFTP servers cannot be used for HiPath Soft- ware Manager.

  • Page 935: Upgrading Hipath 3000

    Service Service and Maintenance Tasks 12.2.4 Upgrading HiPath 3000 For information on upgrade procedures, please see Section 9.3, “Upgrading HiPath 3000 to V5.0”. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-17 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 936 Definition HiPath Inventory Manager is a service for detecting the installed software components and sys- tem information in a HiPath 3000/5000 network. System information is only determined upon initial start-up of the service. The relevant information can be displayed in table format by clicking one of the following but-...

  • Page 937: Backing Up System Components (Backup Manager)

    Path 3000/5000 network to be backed up: Full backup (= default setting) ● This option creates a data backup for all HiPath 3000 systems and HG 1500 boards in the HiPath 3000/5000 network as well as databases (Feature Server, SQL Server). HG 1500 backup ●...
  • Page 938 The other system components are restored using HiPath 3000 Manager E (for HiPath 3000) and HiPath 3000 Manager I (for HG 1500 up to and including V2.0) or Web-based management WBM (for HG 1500 V3.0 or later). P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-20 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 939: Hipath User Management (Not Yet Released)

    HiPath 3000 systems are used in smaller branch locations (Small Remote Sites, SRS). IP stations can be "relocated" from one branch (HiPath 3000) to another (HiPath 3000) or from the central office (HiPath 4000) to a branch (HiPath 3000) and vice versa via HiPath User Man- agement.
  • Page 940 (registered with HiPath 4000) and in emergency mode (regis- tered with HiPath 3000). In this case, the call numbers are assigned via HiPath 3000 Manager E when configuring the IP workpoint clients (system clients). An IP workpoint client configured in this way can then be assigned a HiPath 4000 call num- ber for normal mode via HiPath User Management.

  • Page 941: Guided Maintenance

    0.1 s on/0.1 s off The flashing rhythm depends on the load. The higher the system load the slower the flashing rhythm. Options available? You can call up the following options using the HiPath 3000 Manager E: ● ● ●...

  • Page 942: Power Supplies

    EPSU2R). 12.3.1.1.3 Peripheral Boards Viewing peripheral board status You can use HiPath 3000 Manager E or Assistant T to view the status of all peripheral boards. Display is limited to the following statuses per board: Board not inserted ● Board defective (not loaded) ●...
  • Page 943 Reference clock for clock generator is created. ● When viewing the board status using the HiPath 3000 Manager E, all peripheral boards inte- grated into the system are presented in a table. The status display is updated every 3 seconds.

  • Page 944: Recording Hipath 3000 Trunk Status

    Guided Maintenance Locking out and releasing boards and ports Using the HiPath 3000 Manager E and Assistant T, you can lock out a complete station or trunk module. The lockout prevents renewed seizure after the current connection has finished. Re- lease or lockout settings are also retained after a reset.

  • Page 945: Recording Station Status

    Guided Maintenance 12.3.1.3 Recording Station Status HiPath 3000 records the current status of each individual station in a table. You can use HiPath 3000 Manager E to view the station status, in which case the following information is provided. Data...

  • Page 946: Recording The Status Of The Hipath 3000 V.24 Interfaces

    12.3.1.4 Recording the Status of the HiPath 3000 V.24 Interfaces You can use HiPath 3000 Manager E to view the current status of the V.24 interfaces, in which case the following information is provided. Status of the trunks (1 = active trunk, 0 = inactive trunk) ●...

  • Page 947: Trace Options For Hipath 3000

    This feature allows the user to trace ISDN telephones (subscriber ports) and ISDN trunks (trunk ports) in real time. ISDN activities are routed to HiPath 3000 Manager E and saved in a trace file. Only the ISDN sequences are displayed on the monitor, not the content of the ISDN mes- sages.

  • Page 948: Hipath Manager Pcm Trace Monitor Applications

    Configuration of call handling and call forwarding using definable profiles. HiPath GetAccount ● Internal component that is responsible for evaluating and saving call charges and for im- mediate printing. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-30 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 949: Starting And Exiting The Trace Monitor

    Figure 12-1 Trace Monitor The Trace Monitor can be closed with Exit in the File menu, with the key combination H + D or with the Trace Monitor system menu. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-31 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 950: The Screen Layout Of The Trace Monitor

    Trace Monitor sys- Minimize tem menu Menu bar Trace window sys- tem menu Workspace (open trace win- dows) Status bar Figure 12-2 The Screen Layout of the Trace Monitor P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-32 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 951 Displays the trace windows side by side. Tile Horizontally Displays the trace windows one above the other. Arrange Icons Arranges the trace windows reduced to an icon. About... Activates Trace Monitor program information. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-33 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 952: General Functions

    New trace messages are loaded to the buffer, but are no longer displayed. To disable this option, select the menu item Stop Window Scrolling again. The option is re- moved and recent messages are displayed. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-34 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 953: Exporting Trace Windows

    (right-click in the Trace window) of the relevant Trace window. A message box containing the path and file name of the swap file for the trace window ap- pears: Confirm the message with OK. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-35 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 954 The time is stored in YYYYMMDDhhmm format. Example of a file name for a swapped-out trace file Windows User: Meier Application: GetAccount Exported on: 06.09.2004 at: 16:57: C:\Documents and Settings \Meier \My Documents \WACLIENT \WACLIENT200409061657.trc P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-36 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 955: Testing Telephones

    Eventlog for HiPath 3000 HiPath 3000 features an eventlog where accrued errors are classified according to error class and error number with the date/time of the original error. You can use HiPath 3000 Manager E to read out the eventlog.

  • Page 956: Event Viewer For Hipath 5000 (Eventlog)

    The Event Viewer has at least three areas: System log: information on all operating system components ● Security log: information on changes to the security system and possible system violations ● Application log: application events ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-38 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 957 Always save an eventlog (log file) in evt file format (file extension *.evt). The Event Viewer can only read and configure the file if it is in this format. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-39 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 958: Hipath 5000State Viewer

    Menu bar Program – Exit: Closes the HiPath 5000 State Viewer. ● Server ● – Start: Starts the HiPath 5000 server. – Stop: Stops the HiPath 5000 server. Configuration ● P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-40 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 959 About... ● – Version information: Shows the version of the installed modules (.dll, .exe). – About HiPath 5000 State Viewer...: Shows the current APS stamp and code number. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-41 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 960: Figure 12-4 Hipath 5000 Services

    Select Settings - Control Panel - Administrative Tools - Computer Management. All services must be started here (as shown in Figure 12-4, for example). If this is not the case, invoke log.txt. Figure 12-4 HiPath 5000 Services P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-42 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 961 If a required service has not been started, then the HiPath ComScendo service should be stopped and restarted using the State Viewer. If the State Viewer has no connection to the HiPath 5000 server, the "Siemens Service Monitor Service" should be restarted. To do this, click the "Start Server" button (see Figure 12-3).

  • Page 962: Hipath Fault Management

    TCP/IP protocol family for management tasks in the HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 software. SNMP is used more or less as a management agent on HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 and han- dles central monitoring and administration of LAN network components, including the HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000.

  • Page 963: Licensing Analysis

    (in MB) of this recorded information can be defined using the Customer License Man- ager (CLM). Extensive reconstruction of an error is generally made possible by setting 100 MB for the size and a “standard” degree of detail. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-45 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 964 CFG files in the config directory. These adaptations refer to the degree of detail (level) of the trace file and application options for the components of all Web applications. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-46 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 965 HiPath Software Manager. invdataos.xml – contains the data for the operating system for the last update. ● invdatasnmp.xml – contains the data for the HiPath 3000/5000 network from the last ● update. invdataapps.xml – contains the data for the applications from the last update.

  • Page 966: Hipath 3000 Error Messages (Entries In The Eventlog For Hipath 3000)

    Error Class A = Customer-related error ● HiPath 3000 Manager E fails to issue a signal/message. Class A errors are indicated on the optiPoint Attendant display. They can be corrected by the customer without service support.
  • Page 967 Guided Maintenance Table 12-7 HiPath 3000 Class B Error Messages Meaning Action Action Recovery Technician Error Class B-01 - HiPath 3000 Manager E Hard restart Hard restart – Hard restart using SNMP Hard restart – "On site" changes to the database –...
  • Page 968 : Error corrected – – P0/E Overcurrent U : Error – Replace board P0/E Overcurrent U : Error corrected – – P0/E Out of buffers U /CMI: Error – – P0/E P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-50 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 969 Hard restart Error Class B-15 - APS Transfer APS transfer successful APS transfer – APS transfer successful, CDB OK – – APS transfer successful, default CDB – – loaded P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-51 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 970 – – Manual reload – – System had no voltage – Notify appropriate service support Automatic customer data backup (CDB – backup) not performed Unidentified hard restart – – P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-52 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 971 HiPath License Management: License Check connection of the Failure Period was started. system to the Feature Server (DBFS) HiPath License Management: License – Failure Period was stopped. Licensing is P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-53 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 972 Fan alarm (19’’ housing for HiPath 3500/ – – HiPath 3300): Error corrected No response from temperature sensor in – Replace CBRC the 19’’ housing for HiPath 3500/HiPath 3300 P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-54 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 973 Error Class B-29 - IOP COSMOS error Hard restart Notify appropriate service support Port table queue is empty Hard restart Board malfunction Reload board – Board reset was detected Reload board – P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-55 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 974 Receive: Defective receiving buffer – Receive: Frame too short – Receive: Frame too long – Receive: Delayed collision detection – Receive: Partial deletion of data due to the – existing write protection P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-56 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 975: Hipath 5000 Error Messages (Event Viewer Entries For Hipath 5000)

    WSA sock- General socket Save event Unrecoverable er- adm/ HiPath et error error file for error ror. AllServ analysis Restart server and report error to ap- propriate service support. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-57 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 976 1018 Transfer No acknowl- Save event Possible connec- adm HiPath timed out edgement re- file for error tion interruption or AllServ ceived/sent analysis HiPath 3000/5000 HIP problems. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-58 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 977 ID 1022 Connect Positive ack. Information fct/ HiPath successful from FCT; con- AllServ nection with Hi- Path 3000/5000 successful; Event Proper- ties contains the corresponding HIP address P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-59 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 978 Venus Da- Venus database Information vsrv HiPath tabase started AllServ started 1030 Data saved Saving the Ve- Information vsrv HiPath to disk nus database to AllServ the server hard drive P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-60 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 979 Hi- AllServ Path 3000/5000 reported to the server; HiPath 3000/5000 data loaded and saved on the server 1034 Disconnec- sync tion of ob- ject recov- ered (%1) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-61 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 980 HiPath 3000 Information vsr- HiPath “<user- Manager E in- vad- AllServ name>” on formation about user actions, “<pc_name user reads data >”: read from the server. CDB data from server P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-62 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 981 IP table per <IP-Adr> CDB for the car server 1045 Feature The "Feature Information HiPath Server: Server" service bast AllServ Service was started. Started. Version HVxxxB.yy. nnn. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-63 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 982 AllServ analysis Error 0x%x Error when sav- GetAc- in Func ing an outgoing count \“SaveG- call data record. eb\”. Descrip- tion: %s”,e.Er- ror(), (char*)(e.D escrip- tion()) P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-64 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 983 HK lo- GetAc- cal machine count registry. Error init Error when GetAc- registry reading start count HKCU Stop parameters service from the HK GetAc- Current user count registry. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-65 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 984 Func, lLi- neID, szEr- rorMess TapiFunc: Error when call- GetAc- %s Error: ing a TAPI func- count %s”, sz- tion. TapiFunc, szEr- rorMess P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-66 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 985 CDR ser- PBX: %d vice. dwParam2: 0x%x Error send- Error when GetAc- ing com- sending the count mand 'stop command to CDR Ser- stop the CDR vice’ service. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-67 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 986 LineInitial- Error during ize: %s”, TAPI LineDevic- TapiEr- es initialization. rorMess PhoneIni- Error during tialize: %s”, TAPI PhoneDe- TapiEr- vices initializa- rorMess tion. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-68 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...
  • Page 987 The PCM Service cancel- service lation due to an was can- unrecoverable celled be- error during ini- cause of tialization. unrecover- able error during ini- tialization. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-69 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 988: Correcting Errors

    Manual Error Correction Without HiPath 3000 Manager E Manually activating a restart (reset)/reload Pressing the reset button on the central control board of HiPath 3000 initiates a Reset (hard restart of the entire system with the current CDB) if the button is ●...

  • Page 989: Manual Error Correction With Hipath 3000 Manager E

    This the single board (loading Loadware) to reload. Locking out and releasing boards and ports HiPath 3000 Manager E enables you to lock out an entire subscriber line module or line circuit module and individual ports. The lockout prevents renewed seizure after the current connection has finished.

  • Page 990: Remote Service

    Remote service facilitates the administration and maintenance of various communication sys- tems from a central location. The connection to HiPath 3000 can be set up via the integrated digital modem (B channel), the integrated analog modem (IMODN) or the HG 1500.

  • Page 991: Hipath 3000 Connection Options

    The customer must enable the access to both modems by entering a six-digit PIN code. If the service center is to make a connection to the HiPath 3000 over a modem, it may be necessary to enter this individual code. It depends on which trunk type is used for the modem access. The following applies to the system default: Access over ISDN trunk = enable procedure: customer must enter PIN code.

  • Page 992: Hipath 5000 Connection Options

    HiPath 3000 Manager E to manage the system. If no connection is established, HiPath 3000 will make a total of 20 attempts in intervals of 10 s after which the callback attempt ends and has to be started up again with HiPath 3000 Manager...

  • Page 993: Remote Correction Of System Software (Aps)

    Remote Service Service call via code You can use any telephone to initiate a HiPath 3000 service call to the service center by select- ing the connection setup option “Service call via code” and activating the feature “Remote ac- cess immediately after installation”. In contrast to the usual callback procedure, this callback (service call) is not activated by HiPath 3000 Manager E itself, but by any telephone you choose.

  • Page 994: Remote Error Signaling

    1. To register an error message, the HiPath 3000 Manager E that is dialed at the service center must be in Receive mode. If an error message is received, the HiPath 3000 Manager E auto- matically creates a file in which the error is entered.

  • Page 995: Controlled Release Of A Remote Connection

    Controlled Release of a Remote Connection With version 1.2 and later, you can initiate the controlled release of a remote connection (with analog or digital modem) between the HiPath 3000 and HiPath 3000 Manager E as follows: Disconnect according to action (Default setting) ●...

  • Page 996: Remote Error Signaling Using Snmp

    Service Remote Service 12.5.7.3 Remote Error Signaling Using SNMP Plus products and the HiPath 3000 can transmit error messages (SNMP traps) to the service center. For further information, see "SNMP Functionality" in the HiPath 3000/5000 Feature Descrip- tion. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-78 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

  • Page 997: Security Features

    Logon With User Name and Password Security To ensure that authorized users have access to the HiPath 3000 and to prevent unauthorized access, users must be identified by a user name and authorized by a password. This applies to all local and remote administration and maintenance procedures using HiPath 3000 Manag- er E, Assistant T, HiPath 3000 Manager C, Assistant TC, and AMHOST.
  • Page 998 “System Maintenance”. The system informs the user that no user is configured in the system and that the user has been assigned with “System Maintenance” authorization. Using HiPath 3000 Manager E or Assistant T, additional users and their pass- words can be configured in the user administration.
  • Page 999 Once this user has been set up, the CDB can be read from the HiPath 3000. With this user name and ID, you can now load the CDB into the system switched to the fixed password type.

  • Page 1000: Pre-Determined User Groups And Their Access Rights

    As long as no user is assigned to the “Audit” user group. As long as no user is assigned to the “Customer administration” user group. As long as no user is assigned to the “Accounting” user group. P31003-H3550-S403-4-7620, 02/05 12-82 HiPath 3000 V5.0, HiPath 5000 V5.0, Service Manual...

This manual is also suitable for:

Hipath 5000

Table of Contents

Save PDF